LAND AND HOUSING CORPORATION

Reference Specifications for Housing

Construction v2.1

29 November 2021

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | [Link]

Published by NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment

[Link]

Title: Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

Subtitle:

First published: 26 May 2021

ISBN/ISSN:

Department reference number: RefSpec_01

More information

The administrator of this document is QMS Projects team. For any enquiries, please contact
QMS_Projects@[Link].

© State of New South Wales through Department of Planning, Industry and Environment 2021. You may copy, distribute, display,
download and otherwise freely deal with this publication for any purpose, provided that you attribute the Department of Planning,
Industry and Environment as the owner. However, you must obtain permission if you wish to charge others for access to the publication
(other than at cost); include the publication in advertising or a product for sale; modify the publication; or republish the publication on a
website. You may freely link to the publication on a departmental website.

Disclaimer: The information contained in this publication is based on knowledge and understanding at the time of writing (May 2021)
and may not be accurate, current or complete. The State of New South Wales (including the NSW Department of Planning, Industry and
Environment), the author and the publisher take no responsibility, and will accept no liability, for the accuracy, currency, reliability or
correctness of any information included in the document (including material provided by third parties). Readers should make their own
inquiries and rely on their own advice when making decisions related to material contained in this publication.
 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

Preface
This reference specification is a standard specification to be used for all residential building
works except low-rise residential building works. It is used together with drawings, General
Conditions of Contract and other documents forming part of this contract.

The reference specification has been designed with a structure and format consisting of:

1. Preliminaries
2. Specification text, sections 1 to 20 incorporating:
• the main text requirements to the right of the page
• a left side column identifying additional compliance requirements
3. Schedules

Items referenced in the left sided column include:

• Australian Standards and other Codes

• All required Principal’s Authorised Person approvals and inspections
• All required certificates, warranties and guarantees

Basically the reference specification provides a simple, concise, plain English, flexible, part-
performance and part-prescriptive document designed to meet the needs and capabilities of
the NSW housing industry.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 1

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

Table of Contents
Preliminaries ................................................................................................................................. 7
P1 General ............................................................................................................................................ 7
P2 Documentation ................................................................................................................................ 8
P3 Contracting ...................................................................................................................................... 9
P4 Administration ................................................................................................................................ 10
P5 Site ................................................................................................................................................. 10
P6 Environmental Protection .............................................................................................................. 13
P7 Plant ............................................................................................................................................... 14
P8 Materials & Workmanship .............................................................................................................. 15
P9 Completion..................................................................................................................................... 17
P10 Project Handover ........................................................................................................................... 18
P11 Defects Liability Period (DLP)........................................................................................................ 18
01: Demolition ............................................................................................................................. 19
1.1 General .......................................................................................................................................... 19
1.2 Submittals ...................................................................................................................................... 19
1.3 Inspections..................................................................................................................................... 19
1.4 Materials and Components ............................................................................................................ 19
1.5 Demolition ...................................................................................................................................... 20
02: Groundworks ........................................................................................................................ 22
2.1 General .......................................................................................................................................... 22
2.2 Inspections..................................................................................................................................... 22
2.3 Protection of Existing Trees ........................................................................................................... 22
2.4 Contaminants or Hazardous Materials .......................................................................................... 23
2.5 Sewer/Stormwater ......................................................................................................................... 23
2.6 Site Clearing .................................................................................................................................. 24
2.7 Site Excavations ............................................................................................................................ 24
2.8 Filling Materials .............................................................................................................................. 25
2.9 Site Preparation And Bulk Filling ................................................................................................... 26
2.10 Compaction.................................................................................................................................... 26
2.11 Restoration of Road Openings ...................................................................................................... 27
2.12 Bituminous Pavings ...................................................................................................................... 27
2.13 Retaining Walls .............................................................................................................................. 27
2.14 Completion..................................................................................................................................... 27
03: Concrete Works .................................................................................................................... 28
3.1 General .......................................................................................................................................... 28
3.2 Inspections..................................................................................................................................... 28
3.3 Quality and Work Practices ........................................................................................................... 28
3.4 Formwork ....................................................................................................................................... 29
3.5 Reinforcement ............................................................................................................................... 29
3.6 Concrete ........................................................................................................................................ 30
3.7 Embedments, Cores and Fixings .................................................................................................. 31
3.8 Termite Barriers ............................................................................................................................. 32
3.9 Joints ............................................................................................................................................. 32
3.10 Concrete Elements ........................................................................................................................ 33

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 2

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

3.11 Sub Base ....................................................................................................................................... 33

3.12 Underlay and Membranes ............................................................................................................. 34
3.13 Concrete Paths, Pavings, Steps and Miscellaneous Items ........................................................... 34
3.14 Parking Area and Driveway ........................................................................................................... 35
3.15 Vehicular Footpath Crossing ......................................................................................................... 35
3.16 Waterproofing System ................................................................................................................... 36
3.17 Finishes ......................................................................................................................................... 37
04: Masonry ................................................................................................................................. 42
4.1 General .......................................................................................................................................... 42
4.2 Inspections..................................................................................................................................... 42
4.3 Quality and Work Practices ........................................................................................................... 42
4.4 Materials ........................................................................................................................................ 43
4.5 Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 44
4.6 Masonry Elements ......................................................................................................................... 46
4.7 Ventilation and Openings .............................................................................................................. 47
4.8 Damp-Proof Course ....................................................................................................................... 48
4.9 Flashings ....................................................................................................................................... 48
4.10 Termite Control and Vermin Proofing ............................................................................................ 49
4.11 Trim and Fixtures ........................................................................................................................... 49
4.12 Control Joints ................................................................................................................................. 49
4.13 Completion..................................................................................................................................... 50
05: Metalwork .............................................................................................................................. 52
5.1 General .......................................................................................................................................... 52
5.2 Quality and Work Practices ........................................................................................................... 52
5.3 Structural Members ....................................................................................................................... 53
5.4 Balustrades and Handrails ............................................................................................................ 54
5.5 Sunhoods, Awnings & Privacy Screens ........................................................................................ 54
5.6 Finishes ......................................................................................................................................... 54
5.7 Fixtures and Fittings ...................................................................................................................... 55
5.8 Signage.......................................................................................................................................... 58
5.9 Workmanship and Execution ......................................................................................................... 62
06: Carpentry and Joinery .......................................................................................................... 63
6.1 General .......................................................................................................................................... 63
6.2 Inspections..................................................................................................................................... 63
6.3 Quality and Work Practices ........................................................................................................... 63
6.4 Materials ........................................................................................................................................ 65
6.5 Structural Elements ....................................................................................................................... 66
6.6 Flooring .......................................................................................................................................... 67
6.7 Trims .............................................................................................................................................. 68
6.8 Cupboards ..................................................................................................................................... 70
6.9 Timber Stairs ................................................................................................................................. 73
6.10 Insulation ....................................................................................................................................... 73
6.11 Finishes ......................................................................................................................................... 73
7: Doors, Windows and Hardware ............................................................................................. 76
7.1 General .......................................................................................................................................... 76
7.2 Door Frames .................................................................................................................................. 76

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 3

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

7.3 Doors ............................................................................................................................................. 78

7.4 Aluminium Doorsets ...................................................................................................................... 80
7.5 Windows ........................................................................................................................................ 81
7.6 Fixtures and Fittings ...................................................................................................................... 82
7.7 Window Coverings ........................................................................................................................ 90
08: Roofing and Roof Plumbing ................................................................................................. 91
8.1 General .......................................................................................................................................... 91
8.2 Quality and Work Practices ........................................................................................................... 91
8.3 Sarking, Insulation and Vapour Barrier ......................................................................................... 93
8.4 Tile Roofing.................................................................................................................................... 94
8.5 Sheet Roofing ................................................................................................................................ 94
8.6 Roof Lights / Skylights ................................................................................................................... 95
8.7 Roof Plumbing ............................................................................................................................... 96
8.8 Ventilation of Roof Space .............................................................................................................. 97
8.9 Safety Anchors/Brackets ............................................................................................................... 98
8.10 Roof Finishes Schedule ................................................................................................................. 98
09: Internal Linings ................................................................................................................... 100
9.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 100
9.2 Quality and Work Practices ......................................................................................................... 100
9.3 Materials ...................................................................................................................................... 101
9.4 Wall/Ceiling Trim ......................................................................................................................... 102
9.5 Sound Rated Walls/Ceilings ........................................................................................................ 103
9.6 Fire Rated Ceilings/Walls ............................................................................................................ 103
9.7 Insulation ..................................................................................................................................... 103
10: Plumbing and Sanitary Plumbing ...................................................................................... 106
10.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 106
10.2 Inspections................................................................................................................................... 106
10.3 Quality and work practices .......................................................................................................... 107
10.4 Materials ...................................................................................................................................... 108
10.5 Fixtures and Fittings .................................................................................................................... 109
10.6 Accessories – Water Service....................................................................................................... 114
10.7 Heating Systems ......................................................................................................................... 118
10.8 Soil and Waste System ............................................................................................................... 121
10.9 Finishes ....................................................................................................................................... 122
10.10 Fire Prevention .............................................................................................................................. 122
10.11 Rainwater Tanks .......................................................................................................................... 125
11: Drainage .............................................................................................................................. 128
11.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 128
11.2 Inspections................................................................................................................................... 128
11.3 Quality and Work Practices ......................................................................................................... 128
11.4 Materials ...................................................................................................................................... 129
11.5 Sumps, Pits.................................................................................................................................. 129
12: Electrical Works .................................................................................................................. 131
12.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 131
12.2 Inspections................................................................................................................................... 131
12.3 Quality and Work Practices ......................................................................................................... 131

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 4

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

12.4 Underground Services ................................................................................................................. 132

12.5 Materials ...................................................................................................................................... 132
12.6 Electrical Distribution ................................................................................................................... 132
12.7 Wiring Installation ........................................................................................................................ 133
12.8 Accessories ................................................................................................................................. 134
12.9 Light Fittings ................................................................................................................................ 137
12.10 Master Antenna Television System, Data Cabling and Telephony ............................................ 144
12.11 Smoke Alarms ............................................................................................................................. 146
12.12 Appliances and Other Installations ............................................................................................. 148
12.13 Television System ...................................................................................................................... 152
12.14 Mechanical Ventilation ................................................................................................................ 155
12.15 Solar Photovoltaic Grid System .................................................................................................. 156
12.16 Lift ............................................................................................................................................... 156
13: Gas Service ......................................................................................................................... 158
13.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 158
13.2 Inspections................................................................................................................................... 158
13.3 Quality and Work Practices ......................................................................................................... 158
13.4 Materials ...................................................................................................................................... 159
13.5 Gas Supply .................................................................................................................................. 159
13.6 Finishes ....................................................................................................................................... 160
13.7 Fixtures and Fittings .................................................................................................................... 160
14: Plastering ............................................................................................................................ 162
14.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 162
14.2 Quality and Work Practices ......................................................................................................... 162
14.3 Materials ...................................................................................................................................... 165
14.4 Junctions and Trims .................................................................................................................... 166
14.5 Schedule of Plaster/Render Finishes ............................................................................................ 167
15: Tiling & Wet Area Waterproofing ....................................................................................... 168
15.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 168
15.2 Inspections................................................................................................................................... 168
15.3 Quality and Work Practices ......................................................................................................... 168
15.4 Materials ...................................................................................................................................... 170
15.5 Waterproofing Wet Areas ............................................................................................................ 170
15.6 Tiles ............................................................................................................................................. 171
15.7 Junctions ...................................................................................................................................... 172
15.8 Fixtures and Fittings .................................................................................................................... 173
15.9 Schedule of Internal Tiling Finishes ............................................................................................ 174
16: Resilient Finishes and Carpets .......................................................................................... 176
16.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 176
16.2 Inspections................................................................................................................................... 176
16.3 Quality and Work Practices ......................................................................................................... 176
16.4 Materials ...................................................................................................................................... 179
17: Glazing................................................................................................................................. 183
17.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 183
17.2 Quality and Work Practices ......................................................................................................... 183
17.3 Materials ...................................................................................................................................... 183

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 5

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

17.4 Glass Types Location .................................................................................................................. 185

17.5 Fixtures and Fittings .................................................................................................................... 185
18: Painting ............................................................................................................................... 186
18.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 186
18.2 Inspections................................................................................................................................... 186
18.3 Quality and Work Practices ......................................................................................................... 186
18.4 Materials ...................................................................................................................................... 188
18.5 Surface Preparation Types .......................................................................................................... 190
18.6 Schedule of Painting .................................................................................................................... 191
19: Fencing ................................................................................................................................ 192
19.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 192
19.2 Quality and Work Practices ......................................................................................................... 192
19.3 Materials (Timber Fencing) .......................................................................................................... 192
19.4 Fence Types ................................................................................................................................ 193
19.5 Gates ........................................................................................................................................... 195
19.6 Schedule of Timber Species & Durability Ratings ......................................................................... 195
19.7 Schedule of Fences ..................................................................................................................... 195
20: Landscape Works ............................................................................................................... 197
20.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 197
20.2 Inspections................................................................................................................................... 198
20.3 Materials ............................................................................................................................................ 198
20.4 Preparation .................................................................................................................................. 199
20.5 Planting of Trees, Shrubs, Groundcovers & Turf ........................................................................ 201
20.6 Maintenance ................................................................................................................................ 202
20.7 Edging and Walling ...................................................................................................................... 203
20.8 Paving .......................................................................................................................................... 204
20.9 Equipment, Fixtures and Furniture .............................................................................................. 206
21: Schedules............................................................................................................................ 208

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 6

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PRELIMINARIES

Preliminaries
P1 General
Intention
These Preliminaries are intended to be used in conjunction with ***GC21 Conditions
of Contract and Preliminaries*** incorporating any amendments and Annexure
changes.
The Designer and Contractor’s works must comply with current standards, NCC and
legislation.
Any ambiguity, discrepancy or inconsistency found in the documents must be notified
to the Principal’s Authorised Person. Where the discrepancy/ conflict affects the
execution of the Work, request clarification before proceeding with the Work.
DEMOLITION LICENSING
Contractors are required to be properly licensed to carry out demolition work in
accordance with the Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017. Generally, the
Regulation applies to demolition work done to a building, structure or installation that
is 4 metres or more in height, being work involving mechanical felling.
1.1 INTERPRETATIONS
The following words and expressions have the meanings assigned to them except
where the context otherwise requires:
- “Approval” means approval by Principal’s Authorised Person
- “Building” means any roofed structure enclosing space and recognised as
complete and distinct entity.
- “Block” means a partially separated, recognisable entity within a structure
(building) containing one or more dwelling units.
- “Unit” means a self-contained dwelling within a multi-storey building, one above
the other. Usually, units share a common entrance and stairway (or lift), and
common open space.
- “provide” means supply and fix or supply and install as applicable.
- “Liveable Housing” (previously known as Universal) is the design of housing and
environments to be useable by all people, to the greatest extent possible, without
the need for expensive modifications or specialised design.
- “General Housing” means Housing supply not targeted to special needs tenants.
- “Easy Access” means barrier free excess to space and outdoor areas.
- “SEPP HSPD – Housing for Seniors and People with a Disability” means Housing
which meets the needs of seniors or people with disabilities
- “Principal’s Authorised Person” means Contract Administrator appointed by the
Principal as defined in the General Conditions of the Contract.
- “selection” means details of product, fixture or fitting including manufacturer, model
number, type, material, finish, colour, etc
1.2 ABBREVIATIONS
ACA Australian Communications kV kilovolt
Authority

AG Australian gas codes kW kilowatt

AGA Australian gas association LPG liquefied petroleum gas

ALPG Australian liquefied petroleum gas m metre

association

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 7

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PRELIMINARIES

amp ampere m² square metres

APAS Australian Paint Approval Scheme mm millimetres

AS Australian standards MPa megapascal

BCA Building Code of Australia MR moisture resistant

BASIX NSW Building Sustainability Index MS mild steel

°C degrees celsius NASH National Association of Steel Framed

Housing Inc.

CP chrome plated NATA National Association of Testing

Authorities

cts centres WHS Work Health and Safety

cu m cubic metres OIR Office of Industrial Relations

DAR dressed all round OT Occupational Therapist

DEEWR Department of Education, PVA polyvinyl acetate

Employment and Workplace
Relations

DPC damp proof coursing PVC polyvinyl chloride

RC reinforced concrete

FC fibre cement RHS rectangular hollow section

g/m² grams per square metre UPVC unplasticised polyvinyl chloride

GPO general purpose outlet/ socket W watt

outlet

HMR high moisture resistant WC water closet

kg kilogram WERS Window Energy Rating Scheme

kPa kilopascal

P2 Documentation
2.1 SITE INFORMATION
The Principal accepts no responsibility for the accuracy or comprehensiveness of
information supplied by it in respect of existing site conditions. The Principal must not
be held responsible for any interpretation or deduction made or conclusion drawn by
the Contractor from that information and the Contractor must be fully responsible for
any such interpretation, deduction or conclusion. All costs resulting from
interpretations, deductions and conclusions by the Contractor from the information
supplied by the Principal must be borne by the Contractor.
2.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
Shop drawings are to fully explain the object and matter being considered for
approval. Supply in sufficient time for examination, and revision, if necessary, before
the documents are required for use. Manufacture is not to start until receipt of signed
approval of the drawings:
Approval  submit copies in triplicate to the Principal’s Authorised Person for examination.
Where necessary include additional copies for consultants.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 8

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PRELIMINARIES

 examination and endorsement of shop drawings by the Principal’s Authorised

Person does not diminish the Contractor’s responsibility for preparing and
coordinating shop drawings and for ensuring that they are in agreement with the
contract documents and correct as to all relevant information
 the Principal’s Authorised Person may endorse shop drawings to indicate general or
design approval, amendments, correction, and the like, but no such endorsement
constitutes a Principal’s Authorised Person’s instruction under the contract, unless
expressly stated to the contrary
 shop drawings which are unsatisfactory are to be corrected and resubmitted by the
Contractor without variation to the contract
 the Contractor is to issue one copy of the original shop drawings and of any
amendments to all interested parties, including the Principal’s Authorised Person,
with a notification drawing attention to the amendments. Current copies are to be
kept in a binder on the site and superseded copies destroyed
 submission of ‘mark-ups’ and ‘cover notes’ on construction drawings will not be
accepted as shop drawings
 components must be noted, application to building noted with key diagrams as
applicable. Technical explanations must be appended as necessary. Drawings
must carry sufficient dimensions for manufacture and application to the building
2.3 WORK-AS-EXECUTED DRAWINGS
By Completion/ Practical Completion, provide work-as-executed drawings in .dwg or
.rvt format for documentation and respective BIM file for future references, and PDF
files to the same scales as the contract drawings to the Principal’s Authorised Person.
Refer to the trade sections for any additional specific requirements.

P3 Contracting
3.1 STANDARDS AND CODES
The Contractor must comply with all statutory requirements as amended.
The contract requires compliance with all relevant standards, codes including the
Building Code of Australia (and NSW variations), Australian Standards as specified
and the Land and Housing Corporation’s Component Requirements and Deemed to
Comply Product Register. The editions current as at three months before the date of
the contract.
3.2 APPROVALS AND FEES
The Contractor must obtain from public or other authorities all approvals and permits,
arrange all inspections, give all notices necessary and pay all fees and charges in
connection with the work under the Contract.
Supply Authorities: Allow for connecting all services. Refer to Trade Sections for
further requirements.
3.3 ROAD OPENINGS
Approval No road openings for services are to be made unless permission is first obtained
either from the relevant local or state Authority having jurisdiction, or, in the case of
undedicated roads, from the Principal’s Authorised Person.
Refer to GROUNDWORKS: Restoration of Road Openings.
WHS Regulation 3.4 NOTICE OF INTENTION TO COMMENCE
2011 The Contractor must issue “NOTICE OF INTENTION TO COMMENCE CON-
STRUCTION WORK”, to the SafeWork NSW as per the WHS Regulation before
starting Building Work.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 9

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PRELIMINARIES

P4 Administration
4.1 SITE MEETINGS
Throughout the duration of the contract the Contractor must arrange and provide
facilities for site meetings to be attended by him, appropriate sub-contractors and by
the Principal’s Authorised Person at a frequency determined by the Principal’s
Authorised Person. The Principal’s Authorised Person will issue a record of the
meeting to the Contractor.

P5 Site
Inspection 5.1 ADJOINING PROPERTIES
Required
Joint inspection: The Contractor must arrange with the Principal’s Authorised Person
a joint inspection of any properties affected by the Building Work prior to the
commencement of the Building Work:
- prepare two (2) identical reports recording the conditions existing within the
adjoining properties including site structures, surfaces, existing fittings and
equipment, and especially structural defects and other damage or defacement.
- the reports must include drawings, written descriptions and photographs.
- Obtain written agreement of the contents of the report from affected adjoining
owners of property prior to commencement of any excavation or demolition work
- within 28 days of the inspection provide one report to the Principal’s Authorised
Person and keep the other report on site.
5.2 CONSULTATION WITH NEIGHBOURS
The Contractor shall allow in their tender price for consultation with the adjoining
owners and residents. This consultation shall include but shall not be limited to the
following:
- At least one week prior to commencement of any work on site inform the adjoining
owners and residents of the proposed work commencement, including hours of
work.
- Prior to commencement of any work that will affect adjoining owners, such as
fences, easements, sewer and drainage connections etc, give at least one week
notice to the adjoining owner/s.
- All work that affects the adjoining owners, including making good items, shall be to
the satisfaction of the adjoining owner/s and the Principal’s Authorised Person.
- Refer any disputes with the adjoining owners or residents to the Principal’s
Authorised Person.
5.3 CONTRACTOR’S SITE AREAS
The Contractor’s access onto and around the site, and use of the site for temporary
works and constructional plant, including working and storage areas, location of
offices, workshops, sheds, roads, parking, and the like, must be restricted to those
areas shown on the drawings as being the project site.
5.4 SITE SECURITY
Provide security as required to prevent unauthorised entry. The Contractor is
responsible for security of the Works and must comply with all relevant legislation.
5.5 TEMPORARY SECURITY FENCE
Provide a temporary security fence with adequate gates as follows:
height: 1800mm
type: chain wire

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 10

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PRELIMINARIES

support cable 12 gauge top, central and bottom wire

backstays: to corner posts and gate
protective coating: galvanised

Remove on completion and make good.

5.6 COUNCIL PROPERTY
Inspection: Arrange for an inspection by a Council Officer before beginning any
activity on the site, to record the condition of street footpaths, kerb and gutter and
road surface.
Certificate Clearance certificate: On completion obtain a written clearance certificate from the
Required Council indicating it has no claims against the Contractor or the Principal for damage
to the street footpath, kerb and gutter or road surface. Final payment on the project
will not be made until the certificate is submitted to the Principal’s Authorised Person.
5.7 OCCUPIED PREMISES
The Principal or persons authorised by the Principal must continue in possession and
occupancy of the parts of the site and/or existing buildings as shown on the drawings,
and/or specified, or both. Comply with the following:
Notice of commencement of work: The Contractor on commencement of work will give
the Principal’s Authorised Person a minimum of 1 week’s written notice to inform affected
tenants.
Tenant amenity: Tenant amenity will not be downgraded unless agreement is reached
between the Occupants and the prior to removal of any amenity or service.
Access: secure and maintain safe access by approved means to occupied premises
for the Principal and such authorised persons as are notified to the Contractor by the
Principal’s Authorised Person, and prevent unauthorised access.
Tenant’s rights: The tenant’s rights and feelings will be respected by all tradespersons
entering the site and at no time will any involvement other than building works be
tolerated. All tradespersons and employees will carry personal identification at all times.
Security: The Contractor must maintain the existing security that is present in each unit
during work.
Comfort and safety: Arrange work in occupied or partially occupied premises to
minimise nuisance to the occupants and ensure their safety.
Protection: protect the occupants against weather, dust, dirt, water or other
nuisance by means of temporary screens or the like.
Site Cleaning: Work areas must be left clean, tidy and safe at the end of each workday.
Pedestrian hazards shall be removed from accessible areas at the end of each workday.
Common areas are to be cleaned at the end of each day.
5.8 EXISTING SERVICES
Generally: Work on existing services (such as sewer, stormwater, gas, electricity)
must be carried out to the satisfaction of the relevant Authority.
The Contractor must take all reasonable precautions to determine the location of and
protect existing services before commencing the Building Work.
If a service is required to be discontinued in order to accommodate the Building Work,
the Contractor must, at his cost, disconnect the service and render it safe to the
satisfaction of the relevant Supply Authority. If a service is required to be relocated in
order to accommodate the Building Work, the Contractor must, unless the obstruction
constitutes a latent condition, bear all costs relating to the relocation of the service
and must not be entitled to make a claim upon the Principal for delay costs arising out
of such relocation.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 11

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PRELIMINARIES

Contact authorities: Where existing sewer mains and other services cross the site,
contact the relevant Supply Authority before starting any Building Work and arrange
for centre-line pegging of the sewer mains and other services. Pay all fees and
charges associated with this work. Carry out the work without interruption of services
to adjacent properties.
Damage: Where an existing service is damaged by the Contractor for any reason
whatsoever the Contractor must bear all costs for repairing the service.
Notification: Notify the Principal’s Authorised Person immediately upon the
discovery of services or obstructions not shown in the Contract Documents.
Disconnected meters: Return to the appropriate Supply Authority
5.9 NEW SERVICES
Connection of Services and Metering
Where permitted by local authority, provide separate connection of services to each
dwelling including water, gas, electricity, sewer and stormwater.
Where permitted by local authority, provide separate metering to each dwelling for
water, gas, electricity and NBN.
- Electrical plans must note the required NBN work. Contractor to complete the
design prior to construction and obtain required approvals. All installation and
connection costs are to be borne by the Contractor.
Where separate meters are not permitted for water supply, make plumbing provisions
for future metering.
5.10 APPROVALS AND FEES
Unless otherwise set out in the contract:
 A Construction Certificate is not required by the Crown.
 Do not pay Development Application fees.
 Pay all other application fees associated with construction works.
 For Water, Sewer, Electricity, Stormwater Drainage and Gas Services: Pay all
charges related to extension, modification, diversion, amplification, augmentation
of authority’s service mains required for the satisfactory completion of the project.

 Pay any contributions required under Section 94 of the EPA Act.

 For Contributions under Section 73 of Sydney Water Act 1994 No 88 (formerly
Water Board (Corporatisation) Act 1994). Do not allow for in Tender. The
contractor is to pay all fees, development charges, stamp duty, administration,
security etc as appropriate and these will be reimbursed by the Principal.
5.11 BASIX REQUIREMENTS
Meet all requirements identified in the project BASIX report for the project. The building
construction shall meet the BASIX requirements and achieve minimum 6 stars under
NatHERS/Accurate requirements.
All new dwellings must target a minimum 6 star NatHERS rating. Higher NatHERS
ratings are encouraged where cost effective. Continue to apply BASIX and best practice
Apartment Design Guide (ADG) daylighting.
AS 1170.2 5.12 TERRAIN CATEGORY
AS 4055 Structure to be designed in accordance with the terrain category of the project
location as set out in AS 4055.
5.13 SETTING OUT
Refer to General Conditions of Contract.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 12

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PRELIMINARIES

Approval Setting out the Building Work: Setting out must be certified by a registered
Surveyor prior to the commencement of the Building Work. The certificate must be
submitted to the Principal’s Authorised Person prior to the commencement of the
Building Work.
Certificates Check of setout: As each building is constructed to ground floor height, obtain a
Required certificate from a registered Surveyor indicating setout and ground floor levels.
Fees: All fees payable to the registered Surveyor are to be met by the Contractor.
5.14 STORAGE ON-SITE
Store materials and equipment so as not to impede the provision of services and work
by others.
Do not use for storage or otherwise obstruct roadways including kerbs and gutters,
driveways or paths during the progress of the Works.
5.15 GUTTERS, LAYBACKS AND FOOTPATH CROSSINGS
Arrange with the local Authority and pay all fees and costs for the provision and/or
removal of gutters, laybacks and footpath crossings.
5.16 TEMPORARY FOOTPATH CLOSURE
Where necessary, seek approval of the appropriate authorities for the temporary,
partial or total closing of footpaths.
Code of Practice 5.17 POISONS AND OTHER HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
for Control of Poisons and hazardous substances are to be stored, handled and managed to meet
Workplace the requirements of SafeWork NSW. (This includes provision of Safety Data Sheets
Hazardous for hazardous substances on-site).
Substances
5.18 PROJECT SIGNAGE
Refer to project drawings. Provide and install where indicated on drawings or by
Principal’s Authorised Person

P6 Environmental Protection
DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINANTS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
The management and disposal of contaminants and hazardous materials, including
asbestos, chemicals, oils, shall be in accordance with the current relevant legislation
including:
SafeWork NSW
Work Health and Safety Act 2011
Work Health and Safety Regulation 2011 and 2017 Protection of Environment
Operations Act 1997
Protection of Environment Operations (Waste) Regulation 1997
Environmentally Hazardous Chemicals Act 1985
To AS 4361.2 LEAD BASED PAINT MANAGEMENT
The contractor shall assume, until confirmed otherwise, that all properties constructed
prior to 1970 are potentially affected by lead paint contamination.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 13

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PRELIMINARIES

Lead paint assessment, preparation of surfaces, paint removal or repainting, clean up

and clearance testing upon completion of work will be undertaken using lead safe
practices in accordance with Australian Standard AS 4361.2 Guide to Lead Paint
Management; Part 2: Residential and Commercial Buildings.
Painting contractors who undertake work where there is potential lead paint hazards
shall be appropriately trained in accordance with lead safe practices.
The Contractor shall have in place Site Specific Safety Management Plan that
includes Safe Work Method Statements for lead paint management, including
disposal of all waste products. Disposal of lead paint waste shall be in accordance
with the requirements of Federal, State and local regulatory authorities including Work
Health & Safety Act 2011, Work Health and Safety Regulation 2011 and 2017, and
The Protection of the Environmental Operations Act 1997, as amended.
The Contractor shall also be responsible for the preparation and implementation of
the Environmental Management Plan, if required under the Contract that shall include
appropriate handling, storage, transport and disposal of the lead waste generated.
SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL
Carry out work indicated on the drawings to avoid erosion, contamination and
sedimentation of the site, surrounding areas, and drainage systems.
DEWATERING
Keep groundworks free of water. Prevent water flow over freshly laid work.
FIRE RESTRICTIONS
Lighting of fires is prohibited unless permission has first been obtained from the
Principal’s Authorised Person.

P7 Plant
7.1 TEMPORARY SERVICES
Generally: Provide and maintain temporary services necessary for the execution of
the Works under the contract. Install such services in accordance with the
requirements of the relevant Authorities. Pay charges in connection with the
installation and use of such services.
Give two days’ notice to the regulatory Authority for inspections before connecting into
Authorities water and sewer mains. On completion, disconnect temporary services
and make good.
Code of Practice for Temporary electrical power: Temporary electrical power service must meet the
Electrical Practices SafeWork NSW requirements for power and lighting.
for Construction
Work Temporary water supply: Provide temporary water supply with not less than one
25mm outlet for water.
Temporary sewer: Provide temporary sewer connection to the sewer main where
available.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 14

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PRELIMINARIES

7.2 SITE OFFICE – PRINCIPAL’S AUTHORISED PERSON

For major projects (where contract value exceeds $20m), provide an office and toilet
before any major site operations are started for use by the Principal’s Authorised
Person:
- provide a minimum office floor area of 10m²
- provide adequate air-conditioning and lighting
- service and maintain the office in good order and keep clean for the duration of the
Works
- re-locate during the Works if necessary with minimum inconvenience
- provide a table (900mm x 1200mm minimum) and four (4) chairs

P8 Materials & Workmanship

Site copies: Refer to SCHEDULES FOR STANDARDS AND CODES that are
required to be kept on site.
8.1 SAMPLES
Approval Provide samples where specified to the Principal’s Authorised Person for approval.
Refer to the specific requirements in each trade section. Items supplied must be in
accordance with the approved samples, or within a range defined by approved
samples, as determined by the Principal’s Authorised Person. Keep approved
samples in good condition on the site until Completion/ Practical Completion.
Unless specified otherwise, the minimum sizes of samples must be:
- 300mm x 300mm.
- 1 tile.
- 300mm long.
8.2 TESTING
Unless otherwise specified, any testing required by the Contract must be by an
independent Authority and approved member of the National Association of Testing
Authorities Australia (NATA).
The full cost of testing to be met by the Contractor.
8.3 CERTIFICATES, GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES
Generally: Unless otherwise specified or agreed, warranties or guarantees specified
in the contract must name the Principal as warrantee and are to be obtained by the
Contractor from the warrantor and submitted to the Principal’s Authorised Person.
By Completion/ Practical Completion, supply the documentation listed in SCHEDULE
S2 (Schedule of Certificates, Guarantees and Warranties) to the Principal’s
Authorised Person.
Refer to the trade sections of the specification for requirements.
Submit two (2) sets of the documentation (original and copy) in labelled A4 size
binders suitable for filing and an electronic copy in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.
8.4 PROPRIETARY ITEMS
A proprietary item must be any item identified by graphic representation on the
Drawings or by naming one or more of the following: manufacturer, supplier, installer,
trade-name, brand-name, catalogue or reference number and the like.
8.5 SEALED CONTAINERS
Materials and products supplied by the manufacturer in closed or sealed containers or
packages are to be brought to the site for use in the Works in the original unbroken
container or package. Broken containers & packages may be rejected.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 15

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PRELIMINARIES

8.6 JOINING UP
Approval Carry out the joining of new work to existing work and any consequent cutting away,
in a manner approved by the Principal’s Authorised Person, and make good to match
existing adjacent work in all respects.
8.7 MAKING GOOD
Make good where items are removed, or affected by removals, demolition, and the
like.
8.8 SALVAGED ITEMS
Subject to the provisions of the General Conditions of Contract, materials, plant,
equipment or other things salvaged from the Works becomes the property of the
Contractor and are to be removed from the site.
8.9 PROHIBITED MATERIALS
The following materials must be prohibited from use:
- Products containing urea-formaldehyde
- Loose mineral wool insulation
- Products containing asbestos.
8.10 TIMBER INSPECTION CERTIFICATION
Certificate Upon installation of the timber materials and components, the Contractor shall provide
Required Quality Assurance Timber Certification stating that:
 All structural timbers meet the required durability classifications specified in the
Schedule of Timber Species and Durability Ratings.
 All joinery timbers, floorboards, weatherboard linings and fencing meet the required
standards of durability, quality and finish specified in the Schedule of Timber
Species and Durability Ratings.
 All engineered timbers and components, including roof trusses have been certified
by suitably qualified structural engineers.
8.11 ALTERNATIVE METHODS, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Where the contract documents include more than one method, material or brand of
equipment for a particular item, the Contractor may choose any alternative of those
specified. Substitutions must be authorised by the Principal’s Authorised Person. The
contract will not be varied for the actual method, material or brand of equipment
chosen from those specified.
8.12 SUBSTITUTION OF PRODUCTS OR MATERIALS
The Contractor may recommend alternate products or materials to those specified in
the contract documents, provided the product/ material proposed meets the same
performance criteria, colour and quality specified. The Contractor must obtain written
approval from the Principal’s Authorised Person for the proposed substitution. The
contract will not be varied as a result of the substitution.
8.13 PRE-ORDER OF MATERIALS
At the commencement of the contract the Contractor is to check and confirm
availability of specified materials and finishes.
If the specified materials and finishes or acceptable alternatives are not available, the
Contractor must advise the Principal’s Authorised Person accordingly.
The Contractor must place orders for materials and finishes at reasonable time (that
will normally be sufficient time for supplier to meet the order) prior to fixing and retain
records of placing these orders.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 16

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PRELIMINARIES

8.14 MATERIALS
All materials and products for use in this contract must be new and of first quality.
Recycled materials may be used if they meet their performance and finishes
requirements and Principal’s Authorised Person’s approval is obtained in writing.
8.15 ALTERNATIVE BUILDING SYSTEMS
Alternative building systems may be used subject to Principal’s written agreement
prior to contract signing and as a consequence the building system saves expenditure
which otherwise would have occurred.
Each submission to the Principal’s Authorised Person for approval of an alternative
building system is to include:
- fully detailed structural design by the manufacturer to be certified by a practising
qualified structural engineer
- two (2) sets of manufacturer’s instructions to the Principal’s Authorised Person
including warranty
- installation to manufacturer’s instructions and certified by a practising qualified
structural engineer.
8.16 DEEMED TO COMPLY PRODUCT REGISTER
The Deemed to Comply Product Register, referred to in this specification, is available
from the following link:
[Link]

P9 Completion
The Contractor shall, prior to the work reaching a state of Completion/ Practical
Completion:
1. Clean all floors, windows, gutters, external areas, paved areas and thoroughfares.
2. Ease and lubricate locks and similar working parts.
3. Remove all stains and droppings of paint and mortar.
4. Label and hand over the keys.
5. Clear sewer and stormwater lines and pits.
6. Test all services, fixtures and equipment in the presence of the Principal’s
Authorised Person.
7. Remove and dispose of debris, spoil and surplus building materials from the site.
8. Leave the works clean, tidy and fit for use or occupancy by the Principal.
9. Provide all instructions for maintenance and services. (Instruction books to be left
in kitchen cupboard).
10. Provide all warranty details, certificates and work-as-executed/ as-built drawings.
Electronic version of as-built drawings is to be provided in USB in the most recent
version of AutoCAD, Revit or other program as instructed by the Principal’s
Authorised Person.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 17

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PRELIMINARIES

P10 Project Handover

Unless otherwise agreed with the Principal’s Authorised Person, handover of this
project will only be accepted on Monday, Tuesday or Wednesday of any week
(excluding public holiday).

Handover of any project will not be accepted the week before Christmas/New Year
period and handovers will recommence the second week of January.
The construction program has to consider these requirements accordingly.

P11 Defects Liability Period (DLP)

The Contractor shall be responsible for all the operational maintenance for the entire
projects’ DLP (52 weeks).
Anything that requires regular maintenance must be tested, checked and maintained
in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
All the operational maintenance is to be re-certified before finalisation of the contract
and subsequent bank guarantee release. All re-certification documentation is to be
submitted at the end of DLP.
- Every operational service that was provided with certification for the issue of BCA
occupation certificate must be re-certified.
- All certification that was required to achieve BCA compliance must be re-certified
to ensure that Assets can engage with a suitable maintenance contractor with all
operational systems property maintained and in suitable state to continue this
process for Assets and/ or CHP.
Provide a comprehensive maintenance schedule for the duration of DLP including all
items specific to the project, for Principal/ Principal’s Authorised Person’s approval.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 18

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DEMOLITION

01: Demolition
To AS 2601 1.1 General
Refer to PRELIMINARIES: Contracting – Notice of intention to commence
- Demolition Licensing
EXPLOSIVES
Do not use explosives.

1.2 Submittals
Approvals
Prior to commencement of works, submit the following:
- All necessary permits, licenses, approvals and authority requirements.
- Evidence showing measures to protect individuals and property approved by
the relevant authority.
- Payment receipt/s for all required fees.
Hazardous Materials Management Plan/ Hazardous Materials Report
Prepare plan/ report in accordance with the Work Health and Safety Regulations.
Management, removal and control of asbestos and materials containing asbestos
must be in accordance with the Code of Practice published by Safe Work
Australia.
Dilapidation Report
Prior to commencement of works, prepare a Dilapidation Report which records the
To AS 2601 nature and condition of any areas or any built works adjacent to or within the area
of the works that may be affected by the demolition works.
Submit to the Principal’s Authorised Person and to each owner of each adjacent
property a copy of the part of the report/ record relating to that property and obtain
their written agreement to the contents.
The Dilapidation Report to comprise both written and photographic records.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from the demolition
works which cannot be proven to be pre-existing.
Test Reports/ Data
Existing services to be re-used must be tested for compliance with current
Australian Standards prior to returning to service. Provide test reports/ data to
verify compliance.

1.3 Inspections
Inspection Required Give 48 hours’ notice before starting demolition.

1.4 Materials and Components

Hazardous Materials or Wastes:
Hazardous materials or wastes include those defined by the NSW Office of
Environment & Heritage:
- notify the Principal’s Authorised Person immediately if any hazardous materials
Approval
or wastes are found
- dispose of hazardous materials or wastes as specified in PRELIMINARIES:
Environmental Protection – Disposal of contaminants and refuse

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 19

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DEMOLITION

ASBESTOS MATERIALS
Any dwelling constructed before 1984 may have some form of asbestos present,
e.g. wall and/or roof cladding, eaves sheeting, vinyl tiles, vermiculite surfaces and
in concrete floor slabs as formwork to sides and underside of slabs.
Where the age of the dwelling falls into this category the contractor shall assume
that the dwelling may have asbestos content and, where the presence of asbestos
is encountered, it must be treated with the following requirements:
Roofing and cladding materials must be checked for the presence of asbestos
before any such material is disturbed or replaced. All work which involves the
removal of products containing asbestos or brings persons into contact with
asbestos, must be in accordance with SafeWork NSW. A copy of licence of
persons performing the work must be submitted to the Principal’s Authorised
Person prior to commencement of this work.
If asbestos materials are encountered (i.e. in the ground) during construction
works, the Contractor must cease works to the area, isolate the area with safety
fence, and immediately notify the Principal’s Authorised Person and seek further
directions. The Principal’s Authorised Person may engage hygienist, or request the
Contractor to engage their own, to inspect, sample, test and provide safe
methodology of hazardous materials found for its safe removal.

Demolished Materials: Except for materials to be salvaged or re-used,

demolished materials are the property of the contractor and must be removed from
the site. Do not burn or bury demolished materials on the site.

To AS 2601 1.5 Demolition

Support: Provide temporary support for sections of existing building to be
retained where affected by demolition.
Protection:
Provide temporary covers as required to prevent water penetrations into building.
Protect salvaged materials from damage during work.
Protect retained work, including services/ utilities above or below ground
throughout the duration of the works.
Minimise spread of dust and airborne particles during demolition work.
Protection to be kept in place until suitable stages of the main works are
completed and damage is less likely to occur. Do not allow demolished materials
to be placed onto adjacent properties and any public place.
Security: Refer to PRELIMINARIES: Site – Site Security.
Existing services: Refer to PRELIMINARIES: Site – Existing services.
Existing trees: Refer to GROUNDWORKS: Protection of Existing Trees.
Existing footings, paving, and underground structures: Refer to GROUND-
WORKS: Site clearing.
Demolition schedule:
Refer to Drawings.
Completion:
Provide minimum of five (5) working days’ notice of completion of demolition
works. Inspect adjacent structures for any damages caused by the works.
Any damage discovered must be rectified and written acceptance must be
obtained from the owner of the damaged property. Use the Dilapidation Report to
assess the damage/s observed.
Remove temporary supports at completion of the demolition works unless required
to remain for the main works to continue.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 20

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DEMOLITION

Remove temporary supports at completion of the demolition works unless required

to remain for the main works to continue.
At completion of the works, dispose all demolished materials legally. Provide
receipt/s or necessary documentation to the Principal’s Authorised Person if
requested.
Leave the site in a clean condition on completion.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 21

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

GROUNDWORKS

02: Groundworks
2.1 General
BENCHMARK
Relate all levels to the survey benchmark.
FOUNDATION TEST PITS/BORE LOGS
Where foundation test pits/bore logs have been carried out:
- re-excavate pits found under footings, slabs or pavements or within the “zone of
influence”
- angle of zone of influence below horizontal:
300 for sand foundation material
450 for clay foundation material
- replace the backfill material in compacted layers. See COMPACTION.

2.2 Inspections
Inspection Required Give 48 hours’ notice so that inspection may be made of the following:
- excavated material for use as site filling
- all finished excavations

2.3 Protection of Existing Trees

GENERAL
Protect all trees identified to be retained before starting on-site work or moving
equipment or materials on to the site. Remove the protective barriers only after
completing all the work.
Tree identification: Mark the trees to be retained using suitable means without
damage and remove on completion.
ENGAGEMENT OF ARBORIST
Engage the nominated arborist (or arborist who has prepared the original arborist’s
report for the project) to inspect and provide a written assessment on the
compliance with the recommendations contained in the arborists report.
Engage the nominated arborist at the following stages:
- prior demolition check on armouring and protection barrier
- When harmful activities undertaken such as deep excavation is undertaken
beneath dripline and/or as to that recommended by Arborist Report.
ARMOURING AND/OR FENCING
Provide to detail or if not shown:
Armouring: Wrap individual trees with hessian, wire 100 x 50 x 1500mm long
planks vertically around their trunks at maximum 50mm spacing between planks,
and wire to hold them in place.
Fencing: Protect groups of trees with a 1200mm high welded mesh fence.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 22

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

GROUNDWORKS

WORK UNDER TREES

To AS 4970 Preserve root systems from damage by manual methods.
Open up excavations under tree canopies for as short a period as possible.
Approval Cutting roots: Do not cut tree roots exceeding 50mm diameter without the
Principal’s Authorised Person’s authority:
- use a chain saw or similar
- apply an approved bituminous fungicidal sealant to the cut surface immediately
to prevent rot or disease.
Backfilling: Backfill to excavations around tree roots in layers:
- 300mm maximum depth, compacted to a dry density similar to that of the
original or surrounding soil
- Backfill final 300mm with soil mix. Refer to LANDSCAPE WORKS: Materials.
- do not backfill around tree trunks more than 100mm above the original ground
surface
- immediately after backfilling, thoroughly water the root zone surrounding the
tree.
LOPPING
Approval Do not remove, lop or prune any branches from trees:
- engage a qualified arborist (tree surgeon) at no variation to the contract.
- ask for a list of approved arborists from the Principal’s Authorised Person.
DAMAGE
Repair any damage to tree crowns or root systems immediately:
- all work by a qualified arborist at no contract variation
- remove damaged trees as directed and replace these with mature specimens
of an approved species at no contract variation.
HARMFUL ACTIVITIES
Approval Do not carry out the following activities within 3 metres of trees without Principal’s
Authorised Person’s approval beforehand:
- mixing of concrete, parking of trucks and other vehicles
- lighting fires, storage of materials, location of offices and sheds
- prevent wind-blown materials coating trees and plants (eg, cement).

2.4 Contaminants or Hazardous Materials

If contaminants or hazardous material are found on site, the Contractor must
immediately notify the Principal’s Authorised person and seek further instructions.

2.5 Sewer/Stormwater
Provide a diversion strategy for sewer/stormwater.
As part of the diversion works, prepare a temporary solution to discharge sewage
to the sewerage treatment plant while any existing sewer line is brought offline.
Provide, maintain and operate an accepted system for surface water drainage and
sewage disposal, and for clearing away, deodorising and sterilising the same as
necessary upon completion, to the satisfaction of the Principal’s Authorised
Representative.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 23

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

GROUNDWORKS

2.6 Site Clearing

GENERAL
Clear and remove all stumps and other impediments, and retain good ground
cover where possible.
Remove old pavings, footings, rubbish and debris from the whole of the site.
Invasive plants: Eradicate from whole of the site blackberries, onion and oxalis
weeds, nut grass and manage any other plant declared invasive by the Biosecurity
Act 2015 No. 24. Contact local council for advice on invasive weeds and their
management". Remove by grubbing out roots and/or by poison spray if such
treatment is approved as effective.
Removal of trees and stumps: Remove trees only as noted on drawings, and
grub all stumps, including those of trees previously removed.
TOPSOIL, STORAGE AND REMOVAL
To AS 3798 Remove topsoil from those areas of the site to be built upon and/or excavated
including buildings, carparks, driveways, drying areas, paving and stockpile on the
site ready for re-spreading. Protect stockpile from contamination.
Remove 100mm minimum depth of the surface layer of the natural ground
Remove from site and replace any contaminated, hazardous topsoil. Refer to
PRELIMINARIES: Environmental Protection – Disposal of Contaminants and
Hazardous Materials.

2.7 Site Excavations

GENERAL
Excavate in material “as found”.
- backfill excavations taken below contract depth with concrete of equivalent
strength to work immediately above at no variation to the contract
- remove surplus excavated material from site
- provide a minimum clearance of 400mm to underside timber/steel floor
structures.
- remove from site any contaminated, hazardous material. Refer to PRELIM-
INARIES: Environmental Protection – Disposal of Contaminants and
Hazardous Materials.
Rock excavation:
Where rock or shale is encountered scabble surface to level and solid bearing.
Remove loose boulders and treat holes as above in backfilling.
Do not use explosives to excavate rocks.
Existing Services:
Be responsible for correctly identifying the locations of all existing services within
the site. Do not damage existing services.
Contact ‘DIAL BEFORE YOU DIG’ (free service from anywhere in Australia) to
identify location/s of underground utility services, pipes and cables.
Trenches:
Provide and maintain all necessary planking and strutting to excavations in sand or
any other loose formation:
- where the bearing capacity is affected by the removal of tree stumps, fence
posts, rock floaters, etc., excavate to solid bearing and backfill with concrete.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 24

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

GROUNDWORKS

To AS 2870 and AS FOOTING SYSTEMS

2159
Inspection Required Excavate as required for footings in accordance with structural engineering
drawings and to solid and level bearing.
All footings to be founded on uniform material with minimum bearing capacity as
specified in Structural Engineer’s drawings.
Piering:
Bored piers:
Provide bored piers to footing system where detailed on the drawings. All pier
holes to be dewatered, loose material removed and pier liners installed if required
prior to concreting. Contractor to keep log of all piers and verify bearing capacity
and depth.
SERVICE TRENCHES
Excavate trenches to required depths to allow regulation cover over service lines:
- maintain sides of excavations vertical
- generally maintain straight runs between access manholes, inspection points,
and the like
- grade bottoms of trenches to provide uniform bearing. Dig bell holes after
grading the trench bottom
- Keep trench widths to the minimum consistent with the laying and bedding of
the relevant service and construction of manholes and pits.
- keep trench base free of objects greater than 75mm
- keep main runs 600mm minimum clear of footings and concrete paths.
Sewer and stormwater drainage: Refer to PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMB-
ING and DRAINAGE.
Underground electrical mains: Refer to ELECTRICAL WORKS.
Underground water mains and gas lines: Refer to DRAINAGE and GAS
SERVICE.
EXCAVATIONS FOR EXTERNAL CONSTRUCTIONS
- excavate and/or fill as required for external area slabs and footings
- consolidate ground under all paths, pads or paved areas.
EXISTING FOOTINGS
Maintain support to existing footings as required to ensure integrity of existing
buildings.
CERTIFICATE
Certificate Required Provide a practising structural Engineer’s Certificate for bearing pressure of
foundation material.
To AS 3798
2.8 Filling Materials
GENERAL
Approval Provide filling free from organic matter, from soil recovered from the site
excavations or imported onto the site from an approved source.
Filling must be in accordance with Engineer’s documentation.
Do not use hazardous, aggressive or unstable fill materials.
To AS 3798

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 25

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

GROUNDWORKS

FILLING TYPES
Hardcore fill:
Fill with hardcore, made up of broken brick or stone, not larger than 75mm gauge.
Crushed rock fill:
Fill with crushed igneous rock, not larger than 40mm gauge with minimum clay
content.
Granular fill:
Fill with loose granular fill with minimum clay content.

2.9 Site Preparation And Bulk Filling

AREAS UNDER CONSTRUCTION WORKS
Where cut and fill is required under the building areas, carparks, driveways and
pavings:
- carry out filling to comply with Engineer’s drawings and Local Council
requirements
- grade area to solid and undisturbed bearing before filling
Fill in layers not exceeding 200mm loose thickness and each layer compacted.
AREAS OTHER THAN THOSE UNDER CONSTRUCTION WORKS
Filling is to be clean sand/loam fill taken from site excavations, and clean imported
To AS 3798 fill.
Imported fill:
- is to be a friable, sandy loam
- comprise not less than 65% sand and not more than 15% silt and clay
- to have a pH between 5.5 to 6.5.
GRADES AND FALLS
Carry out grading and filling of site to finished levels on drawings:
- grade site to fall from buildings and paths, having a fall of 1:100 out at least one
metre from the building
- maximum slope for grassed areas is 1:4 (25%) and mowable.
Backfilling: Backfill as required and consolidate to level of surrounding area.
Batters: Cut and fill as required to banks and retaining walls to form batter.
FINISHED TOPSOIL AREAS
Fill in with approved topsoil. Refer to LANDSCAPE WORKS – Materials.
FINISH LEVELS
Grade site so that grassed and planting areas finish flush with paths and paving, or
as detailed.

2.10 Compaction
To AS 1289, AS GENERAL
2870 * provide compaction to filled areas in accordance with Engineer’s drawings
* under buildings, carparks, driveways and paving and within zone of influence
of footings (except for loose granular filling used as formwork) to 98% minimum
dry density ratio
* over other areas including loose granular filling used as formwork to 85%
minimum dry density ratio.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 26

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

GROUNDWORKS

SUPERVISION AND TESTING

Arrange and pay all costs for the site filling and compacting to be supervised by a
qualified geotechnical engineer:
- tests to be undertaken by a NATA registered laboratory
- provide 2 copies of test results to the Principal’s Authorised Person.
Rejection:
if compacting is not up to the standard specified:
* carry out further compacting uniformly over the whole area until the specified
standard is achieved
* provide a further series of tests at the Contractor’s expense.
Certificate Required CERTIFICATE
Provide certificate from practising structural engineer for compaction of fill.

2.11 Restoration of Road Openings

DEDICATED ROADS
No road pavement, shoulder or footpath must be opened until the written
permission of the relevant local or state Authority controlling the road has been
obtained:
* comply with the requirements of the Authority in all respects
* pay all fees and charges made by and due to the Authority.
Approval PRIVATE ROADS
No road openings are to be made without written approval.

To AS 3727 2.12 Bituminous Pavings

AS 2150 Where bituminous pavings are required, all work must be carried out in
accordance with AS 3727.

2.13 Retaining Walls

Certificate Required All retaining walls over 600mm high must be designed by a practicing structural
engineer and certified as structurally adequate on completion by that engineer.

2.14 Completion
When building works and landscaping are completed:
* remove all building debris, excess fill and other waste matter
* clean underfloor areas
* clean street frontage paths
* clean nature strips and kerb.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 27

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CONCRETE

03: Concrete Works

\

3.1 General
3.2 Inspections
Inspection Required Give 48 hours’ notice for the Sydney Metropolitan Area and 96 hours for jobs
elsewhere so that inspection can be made of the following:
* film underlay or membrane installed on base
* completed formwork
* reinforcement fixed in place. For reinforcement inspection all embedded items,
cores, etc., must be in place
* placing of concrete
* stripping of formwork.

3.3 Quality and Work Practices

To AS 3600 SAMPLING AND TESTING
Certificate Required For all structural concrete, carry out assessment by sampling, slump and
compression tests. The full cost of testing to be met by Contractor:
* prepare specimens using standard cylinders
* arrange testing by an NATA registered laboratory.
For architectural quality concrete finishes, provide the following samples for
acceptance by the Principal’s Authorised Person:
* Minimum six (6) sample discs showing the range of concrete mixes/ colours
available for use on the project.
* Nominal 500mm x 500mm sample of each type of architectural quality off-form
and worked concrete finish using the proposed formwork, concrete mix and
surface treatments.
Slip Resistance Testing:
To AS/NZS 4586 * Pedestrian surfaces must be tested and classified for slip resistance in
accordance with statutory requirements and building code.
* Provide slip resistance test certificates to confirm compliance with slip
resistance requirements.
* Testing to be undertaken by a registered testing laboratory.
Marking:
* date and mark each sample and keep a record of the location and slump test
results
* cure samples and then forward to an approved testing laboratory with
instructions to crush test at 28 days.
To AS 3600 Rejection of concrete:
* remove rejected concrete from the site
* rejection costs must be at the Contractor’s expense.
Certificate Required CERTIFICATE
Provide a practicing Structural Engineer’s certificate to the Principal’s Authorised
Person for reinforcement of all structural elements.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 28

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CONCRETE

3.4 Formwork
To AS 3610, GENERAL
AS 3610.1 * all formwork is to be approved and approval does not relieve the Contractor for
AS 2327.1 its sufficiency
Approval * design and construct formwork so that concrete when cast in the forms, has the
dimensions, shape, location and surface finish required by the specification
* provide temporary openings at the base of column and wall forms to make
cleaning and inspection before placing the concrete.
To AS 3610, DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES
AS 3610.1 Table Formed surfaces
3.3.2 Strength
To AS 3600
To AS 3610, FORMED SURFACE FINISH
AS 3610.1 * Class 2 for all external and internal off-form concrete
* Class 4 for surfaces to have thick applied finishes after preparation
* Class 5 for totally concealed areas (eg. Footings)
To AS 3610 * evaluation and/or repair.
DISPLACEMENT BEFORE STRIPPING
If formwork is displaced during concreting or within the period specified for the
retention of formwork:
* remove concrete between such limits as directed
* form construction joints and reconstruct the section of work after the formwork
has been strengthened and adjusted.
To AS 3600, AS STRIPPING OF FORMWORK
3610, AS 3610.1 Remove all timber formwork.
Vertical forms:
- Remove formwork that does not support the weight of concrete from faces of
beams, walls and columns not less than accumulative 24 hours after placing
concrete.
PREMATURE LOADING
Do not erect any permanent building component or applied load while the structure
is supported by formwork.
Do not erect masonry walls or other brittle elements on beams and slabs while
they are still supported on formwork.
Certificate Required
3.5 Reinforcement
To AS/NZS 4671 GENERAL
Provide Mill Certificates.
To be certified by Australian Certification Authority for Reinforcing Steel (ACRS)
Ductility grade: Refer to Structural Engineer’s drawings
Surface condition: Free of loose mill scale, rust, oil, grease, mud or other materials
which would reduce the bond between reinforcement and concrete.
REJECTION
Reinforcements not readily identifiable as to grade and location will be rejected
and removed immediately from the site.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 29

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CONCRETE

POSITIONS AND FIXING

Accurately position and secure reinforcement against displacement:
* supported at correct height on approved steel chairs
* provide metal or plastic plates under each support to prevent damage to water-
proofing membranes, vapour barrier, etc.
To AS 3600, REINFORCEMENT COVER
AS 2870 Maintain clear concrete cover.
WELDING
If welding of reinforcement is proposed, provide details to Structural Engineer for
approval.

3.6 Concrete
GENERAL
To AS 3600 Provide concrete with the properties specified and/or indicated on structural
engineering drawings:
To AS 1379 * order concrete
Approval * obtain approval of ready-mixed concrete source
* completely discharge, place and compact ready-mixed concrete in its final
position in the forms within 90 minutes of the introduction of the cement to either
the water, the aggregate, or the mixer
* do not drop concrete from a height of more than 1200mm, or throw into position
* a copy of all dockets for concrete must be marked with compressive strength
and slump and given to the Principal’s Authorised Person.
Characteristic strength of concrete:
Refer to structural engineering drawings.
TEMPERATURE OF MIX
The temperature of concrete on delivery is to be between the following limits:
Outdoor shade temperature Concrete temperature
less than 5o 18oC – 32oC
5oC – 32oC 10oC – 32oC
32oC – 38oC maximum 35oC
over 38oC concrete not to be poured
* do not use calcium chloride, salts, chemicals, or other materials to lower the
freezing point of concrete
* do not allow frozen materials or ice to enter the mix.
To AS 3600 PLACING OF CONCRETE
Do not place concrete until all reinforcement, conduits, outlet boxes anchors,
hangers, sleeves, bolts, and other embedded materials are securely and properly
fastened in their proper place and positions.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 30

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CONCRETE

Clean formwork:
before placing concrete:
* remove all debris, dust, stains and the like from the forms and
* the forms are to be thoroughly wetted, oiled or treated with a suitable form-
releasing agent.
Continuity of supply: in no circumstances is partly hardened concrete to be
placed in the work.
Continuity of placement: place concrete continuously so that each layer is
blended into the proceeding one by the compaction process.
Compaction: compact all concrete with mechanical vibrators of the immersion
type:
* avoid over-vibration which can cause segregation
* do not rest active vibrator against reinforcement or formwork.
Times of laying: place all concrete during daylight and the work is not to be
started unless it can be completed in daylight.
Approval PUMPING OF CONCRETE
Pumping equipment is to be approved.
Slump: pumped concrete is to be 75mm slump at the nozzle.
CURING
To AS 3600 Keep the concrete in a damp condition, at a reasonably constant temperature for
AS 3799 at least the first seven (7) days by:
* covering with an impermeable membrane held down with sand kept thoroughly
wet
* ponding or continuous sprinkling with water (moist-curing)
Approval
* use of curing compound is to be approved.
WET AREA FLOORS
Unless otherwise detailed, set down the concrete slab to all bathroom/laundry/WC
areas. Evenly grade the surfaces of these areas to achieve maximum 50mm set
down below the general concrete floor slab level at the perimeter and provide a
minimum fall 1:80 from the set down perimeter to the main shower floor waste
outlet. Prepare surface to a trowelled finish as required for waterproofing system.
Refer to TILING AND WET AREA WATERPROOFING – Waterproofing wet areas.

3.7 Embedments, Cores and Fixings

GENERAL
To AS 3600 Installation of pipes, conduits, fittings, core holes, and the like:
* provide cases or sleeves as required for various trades
* leave holes or pockets for pipe balustrading and other fixtures
* other embedments including anchor bolts, fixings and the like.
STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
Do not cut or displace reinforcement or cut hardened concrete to permit the
installation of embedded items.
PROTECTION OF FIXINGS
All fixings for embedment or insertion into concrete:
* are to be galvanised
* grease threads for protection during concreting.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 31

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CONCRETE

3.8 Termite Barriers

GENERAL
Provide termite barriers to:
* perimeters of concrete slabs on ground or suspended concrete floors in
proximity to ground
* all penetrations through slabs and to all concrete joints in slab
Use termite shielding (ant capping) for all accessible suspended floors. Refer to
MASONRY: Termite control and vermin proofing for termite shielding.
Allow set down for visual inspection.
Termite protection systems must take into consideration requirements for
accessibility.
Installation:
* installation to details and manufacturer’s further recommendations
* installed by accredited NSW installers
Warranty Required * provide system and product warranty.

Termite Barriers
The following systems are approved for use:
Stainless Steel Mesh Barrier - Termi-Mesh Aust P/L
Graded Stone Barrier - Granitgard P/L
ARMOUR-THOR Aluminium - Ensystex Australasia P/L

Combined physical barrier with - Kordon Termite Barrier (Bayer -

chemically treated internal core CropScience Pty Ltd)
- The White Ant Company
- FMC Australasia P/L

Termite Barrier Notice

To AS 3660.1 Provide a durable notice, permanently fixed in a prominent location to BCA
Volume 1 Part B1.4(i)(ii) and AS 3660.1 Appendix A.

3.9 Joints
To AS 3600 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
* construction joints not indicated on drawings must not be made
* joints in columns are to be made at the underside of the floor
* joints in slabs are to be made in areas of minimum stress, which is at a distance
of one-quarter to one-third of span
* all construction joints must be truly horizontal or vertical.
* Do not relocate or eliminate construction joints
Joint preparation:
* roughen and clean the hardened concrete joint surface
* remove loose of soft material, free water, foreign matter
* dampen the surface just before placing the fresh concrete and coat with a
bonding agent.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 32

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CONCRETE

CONTROL JOINTS
Form control joints in slabs where shown on drawings:
CONTACT JOINTS
Provide contact joints in positions shown on drawings and where slabs abut
masonry.
SLIP JOINTS
Provide slip joints between concrete slabs and load bearing masonry using
separation strip as specified in Structural Engineer’s drawing.

3.10 Concrete Elements

GENERAL
To AS 2870 For concrete elements not detailed.
FOOTINGS FOR AREA LIGHTS
Provide for type of light as scheduled.
* allow for conduit within concrete.
CONCRETE BASES
Bitumen coat base of any metal support post. Set each post in concrete 125mm
minimum thick all-round pipe pedestal, full depth and extending 100mm above
ground and neatly splayed off.

 Water heater: Flush with adjoining ground level

 Stand pipes: Finish flush with adjoining ground level

3.11 Sub Base

RAFT SLABS
(Slabs with haunched perimeter beams and internal ribs as footings). Fill to 50mm
minimum thickness with compacted crushed rock fill. Blind over with 50mm
thickness of sand.
- Wet sand before laying underlay/membrane.
SLABS
(Slabs supported by brick perimeter and intermediate walls). Fill with loose
granular fill and blind over with 50mm sand where height of slab soffit above
prepared site level does not exceed 600mm.
SLAB INSULATION
Provide where shown on the drawings and noted in Section J/ Basix. Comply with
NCC and the relevant standards.
CARPARKS AND DRIVEWAYS
Provide 50mm minimum thickness of compacted crushed rock fill immediately
under concrete carpark and driveway slabs.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 33

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CONCRETE

3.12 Underlay and Membranes

To AS 2870 GENERAL
* lap joints 200mm and seal with pressure sensitive tape
* minimum thickness of 0.2mm
* extend underlay under internal beams, channel drains, etc.
* lap over damp-proof course of internal walls, and carry up face of slab edges
* turn up around columns, pedestals, pipes, and the like
* provide under control joints an additional layer of underlay extending 300mm
beyond control joint on each side.

3.13 Concrete Paths, Pavings, Steps and

Miscellaneous Items
GENERAL
Conform with street alignment and levels of Council footpaths as determined by
Approval Local Council:
Paving grades: maximum gradient for paths 1:20 and 1:14 for ramps.
To AS1428.1 Paths:
AS 3727 * paths to be minimum 75mm thickness (where ground is classified as reactive –
highly reactive provide 100mm thickness).
* lay in sections 900mm long and provide control joints between sections
* run clean tooled joint at all junctions and round off all outer free edges
* If width between boundary and dwelling is less than 1500mm provide full width
paving.
* Where new paths are joining existing or new paths, driveways etc. – provide a
dowelled reinforcement joint to reduce differential settlement.
Steps:
* treads pitched forward at 1% to drain surface water
* provide vertically splayed risers with non-projecting bevelled nosings
* provide 25mm rounding to nosings of all treads
* provide two (2) 25mm wide carborundum strips to all steps in common areas.
Provide strips for the full length of treads cast in-situ and fixed to manufactures
instructions.
Tactile Surface Indicators:
Where indicated on the drawings and as mentioned in Access Consultant’s report,
provide tactile surface indicators to comply with BCA (volume 1) D3.8 and AS
1428.1. Preference is for these indicators to be purpose made precast concrete or
tile set flush in the pathway.
CONCRETE PAVERS, EDGING AND THE LIKE
Refer to LANDSCAPE WORKS.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 34

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CONCRETE

3.14 Parking Area and Driveway

GENERAL
Construct parking areas and driveways to the extent indicated on drawings:
* design for vehicles up to 3 tonne gross or as shown on Structural Engineer’s
Drawings.
* finish joints and edges as for paths
* all vehicular pavement to be concrete kerbed unless otherwise indicated
* open carparking spaces to be line marked, identified and numbered
* provide minimum 1:100 fall away from building to drainage outlets with no
ponding.
* provide wheel stop to each car space and bollard to the adjacent access area
of any accessible parking space.

3.15 Vehicular Footpath Crossing

DEDICATED ROADS
Arrange with local Council to construct, or allow to construct to Council
requirements, the whole of vehicular footpath crossings (including layback gutter
crossing where same is required) and making good of adjoining work disturbed by
laying of crossing.
Local Council to construct: where the Contractor arranges with local Council to
construct, the Contractor is responsible for:
* ascertaining the price levied by the relevant Council to carry out and to complete
the whole of this work, and to include that cost together with required on-cost,
profit margin and all fees and charges required by Council
* paying all costs for the above work and, upon completion
* submitting evidence to the Principal’s Authorised Person that these works have
been paid for in full
* irrespective of the work being carried out by Council, the Contractor is
nevertheless responsible for the safekeeping and maintenance in a damage-
free condition of such crossing until Completion/ Practical Completion.
Contractor to construct to Council’s requirements: the Contractor is
responsible for:
* paying all necessary costs and fees, and obtaining all necessary Council
requirements. No variation cost will be allowed
* submitting evidence to the Principal’s Authorised Person on completion that the
works have been completed to the satisfaction of the Council.
PRIVATE ROADS
Construct concrete vehicular crossing including layback gutter crossing where
required, across full width of footpath of same thickness as carpark.
Finish: finish to a non-slip floated finish and tool edges as specified for paths.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 35

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CONCRETE

Approval
3.16 Waterproofing System
GENERAL
Refer to drawings.
Provide a proprietary waterproofing system to below ground areas:
To AS 3500.3.1
* retaining walls, and basement parking areas of a type to suit the situation
* dryness test to substrate
* prepare wall surface by removing projections and loose material, fill
gaps/cracks and void areas with a compatible filler or concrete mix, clean
surface free of dust and contaminants
* protect the membrane after installation with a laminated/extruded polystyrene
foam protection board with shiplapped edges adhered to the membrane
* provide 30mm thick drainage cell panels wrapped in geo-fabric to whole of wall
surface finishing 75mm below finished ground level.
* provide subsoil drainage to collect ground water seepage and prevent water
build up behind walls and under floor connected to the stormwater drainage
system
* backfill with 20mm normal size screen washings to the underside of the bases
of slabs and pavements or to within 75mm of the finished surface of unpaved
areas.
Provide a proprietary waterproof system to above ground external areas:
To AS 4654.1,
* planters, decks, balconies, external opening doors, roofs and parapets
AS 4654.2
* provide membrane upturns at external areas (e.g. balconies, decks, roofs, etc.)
above the anticipated maximum water level resulting from the exposure to
rainfall and wind in accordance with the relevant Australian Standard. Confirm
the suitable height with a qualified Hydraulic Engineer.
To AS 4654.1-2012 Waterproofing membranes for external above-ground use - Materials.
To AS 4654.2-2012 Waterproofing membranes for external above-ground use - Design and
installation.
Installation:
Guarantee Required * Applicator and Contractor are to comply with building inspections, warranties
and certification.
* Installation of waterproofing to be in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations
* Waterproofing is to be installed by applicators accredited by manufacturer
* provide a 20 year guarantee for materials and quality of workmanship.
Testing:
To ASTM D5957 Flood test areas after waterproofing is completed.
Perform regular visual inspection of adjacent surfaces, and the underside of the slab
where applicable, for moisture and leaks and record results for each area. There
shall be no evidence of water/leaks from the visual test.
Where leaks have occurred, propose remedial measures and obtain acceptance
from the Principal’s Authorised Person.
Rectify the defective area using the method accepted by the Principal’s Authorised
Person and in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
Repeat the test until the rectified area has shown no leakage for a period of seven
days. Do not allow further works/activities on the areas being tested during this
period.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 36

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CONCRETE

Certification:
Provide certificate to the Principal’s Authorised Person for the completed
waterproofing, for each membrane type and area, stating that the works have been
carried out and tested in accordance with the requirements of the Specification and
the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Certificates are to be signed by the applicator/installer and Contractor.

3.17 Finishes
TOLERANCES
Tolerance classes
Determine tolerance classes using a straight edge placed anywhere on the surface
in any direction.
Tolerances class table
Class Measurement Maximum deviation (mm)
A 3 m straight edge 3
B 3m straight edge 6
C 600mm straight edge 6
Screeding
Finish slab surfaces by approved means to finished levels, to tolerance Class B.
FINISHING METHODS
Non-slip floated finish
After screeding and as soon as the surface water has disappeared, consolidate
and float with a wood or cork faced float to a uniform, smooth granular texture free
of high or low spots, and to even falls indicated or directed.
Machine-floated finish
Finish the screeded surface with approved power-driven equipment to a uniform
smooth texture. Hand-float in locations inaccessible to the machine-float.
Trowelled finish
Prepare surface as for “Non-slip floated finish”:
* after floating, trowel to a smooth surface free of trowel marks. When surface
has hardened sufficiently carry out final trowelling
* the finished surface is to be free of any trowel marks, and is to be uniform in
texture and appearance
* on surfaces intended to support floor coverings, any defects of sufficient
magnitude to show through floor coverings are to be removed by grinding.
Non-slip trowelled finish
Prepare as for “Trowelled finish”:
as surface “goes-off”, sprinkle on Grade 60 carborundum grains at the rate of 1kg
per square metre evenly distributed over all surfaces
lightly trowel carborundum into topping
at completion all non-slip surfaces must have an even visual finish with
carborundum being evident.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 37

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CONCRETE

Steel trowel finish

After machine-floated finish when surface has hardened sufficiently produce the
final consolidated finish free of trowel marks and uniform texture and appearance
using steel hand trowels.
Wood float finish
Produce the final finish using a wood float.
Broom finish
As per trowelled finish. Use boom finish in lieu of final trowelling.
Sponge finish
After machine floating, obtain an even textured sand finish by wiping the surface
using a damp sponge
Exposed aggregate finish
Remove the vertical face forms while the concrete is green. Wet the
surface and scrub using stiff fibre or wire brushes, using clean water freely, until
the surface film of mortar is mechanically removed, and the aggregate uniformly
exposed. Do not use acid etching. Rinse
Polished finish
After trowel finish, grind the cured surface of the concrete to expose course
aggregate.
COLOURED CONCRETE
* colour to be added to concrete for the full thickness of the slab
* material is to be an approved synthetic inorganic oxide, mixed in the proportion
of 2kg of oxide to each 43kg of cement
* finished colour is to be uniform for all sections of the work.
STENCIL PATTERNED CONCRETE
Proprietary treatment providing integral coloured and stencil patterned surface to
in situ paving and ground slabs where shown on the drawings or scheduled.
Stencil: Apply proprietary stencil design to the concrete surface and align all
areas of the pattern correctly.
Colour and Pattern:
Colour hardener: to be added to the surface of the concrete
* Application Rate - 3.0kg/m2
* Compressive Strength - 80 Mpa to top coat
Completion: Remove the stencil so as not to damage the surface and remove left
over debris with a mechanical blower
TOPPINGS
- clean substrate, remove projections, fill voids, roughen hardened concrete by
scabbling to expose aggregate.
- wash area, keep wet for 2 hours prior to laying topping
- place topping on wet slurry
- lay topping mix in 2 equal layers if over 50mm thick
- prevent uneven drying out and protect from sun and wind
- keep topping moist by covering with polythene film for minimum of 7 days

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 38

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CONCRETE

JOINTS
- Provide movement joints over joints in structure, at junctions between substrates,
to divide large areas and at perimeter of the floor
- Joints to be right through topping to substrate
- Seal joint to a depth of 6mm

SCHEDULE OF CONCRETE FINISHES

The following shall apply unless otherwise shown on drawings

ITEMS MATERIAL/FINISH/ SELECTION/TYPE

REQUIREMENT

Vehicle Crossing To Local Authority Concrete

Requirements

Kerb & Gutter To Local Authority Concrete

Requirements

Public Footpath To Local Authority Concrete

Requirements

Road Shoulder To Local Authority If required – refer to drawings

Requirements

½ Width Road To Local Authority If required – refer to drawings

Requirements

Road Reconstruction To Local Authority If required – refer to drawings

Requirements

Driveway Reinforced concrete Darker coloured concrete

(broom finish)

Parking Areas Reinforced concrete Darker coloured concrete

(broom finish) (alternate colour to driveway)

Paths Reinforced concrete (broom Light coloured concrete

finish)
If width between boundary
and dwelling is less than
1500mm provide full width
paving.

Drying Areas Reinforced concrete Coloured concrete

(broom finish)

Letterboxes Reinforced concrete Coloured concrete

(broom finish)

Recycle Areas Reinforced concrete (steel Coloured concrete

trowel finish)

External stairs Reinforced concrete Coloured concrete

(broom finish)
Provide carborundum
strips to stair treads

Basement floor Reinforced concrete Natural

(machine -floated finish)

Ground floor Reinforced concrete Natural

(trowelled finish)

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 39

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CONCRETE

Upper level floors Reinforced concrete Natural

(trowelled finish)

Verandah and ground Reinforced concrete Natural

level covered walkways (trowelled finish)

Ground level uncovered Reinforced concrete (non- Natural

paved areas slip trowelled finish)

Upper level balconies Reinforced concrete (non- Natural

and walkways slip trowelled finish)

Stairs Reinforced concrete (steel Natural

trowel finish)
Provide carborundum
strips to stair treads

Store Rooms Reinforced concrete (non- Natural

slip trowelled finish)

Garages Reinforced concrete (steel Natural

trowelled finish)

TACTILE GROUND SURFACE INDICATORS

Provide tactile ground surface indicators to common areas where shown on the
drawings.

CONCRETE FLOOR TREATMENT REQUIREMENT

* Concrete paths, driveways, parking areas, stairs, floors, porches, verandahs
etc. to have a slip resistance to current Australian Standards
* Slip rating of R11 or P4 and pendulum test score of W for Wet areas and
external areas
* Slip rating of R10 or P3 for all other areas
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 5 years written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 40

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

MASONRY

04: Masonry
To AS 3700/ AS
4773.1 and AS
4.1 General
4773.2
MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP

Inspection Required 4.2 Inspections

Give 48 hours’ notice so that inspection may be made at the following stages:
- damp-proof courses
- bottoms of cavities after cleaning out
- bottoms of core holes before grouting
- control joints ready for insertion of joint filler

4.3 Quality and Work Practices

To AS 4773.1
GENERAL
AS4773.2
- do not mix or change masonry type laid up from course to course
AS/NZS 4455.1,
AS/NZS 4455.2, - lay bricks on a full bed of mortar and ensure joints are completely full
AS/NZS 4455.3 - joints must be 8mm minimum to 10mm maximum thick
- for brickwork 230mm thick and over, grout each course
Aging of Bricks and Concrete:
- Minimum age of clay bricks: 42 days
- Minimum age of concrete supports: 28 days
Wetting:
Clay bricks - wet well before laying. Soak well in dry and arid regions before
laying.
Calcium silicate, and concrete bricks and blocks - keep dry before laying.
Brick Rod:
76mm high units 7 courses to 600mm
90mm high units 6 courses to 600mm
190mm high units 3 courses to 600mm

Bond Pattern:
Single leaf walls - build in stretcher bond.
Retaining walls - build in “English” bond or as detailed.
Setout
Cutting and set-out: Set out masonry with joints of uniform width and the minimum
cutting of masonry units.
Perpends
General: Keep perpends in alternate courses vertically aligned and fill them
completely with mortar.
Wall chasing
Make holes and chases required in masonry walls so that the structural integrity of
the wall is maintained. Do not chase walls nominated as fire rated or acoustic.
To AS 3700/ AS Parallel chases or recesses on opposite faces of a wall: Not be closer than
4773.1 and AS 600 mm to each other.
4773.2

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 42

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

MASONRY

FACE WORK
- distribute the colour range of bricks evenly to prevent colour concentrations
- keep perpends in alternate courses vertically aligned
- provide face work one full course below finished ground level
CLEANING
Cleaning of masonry shall be carried out prior to installation of roof cladding,
fascias and guttering.
Clean facework strictly in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, as
suitable for the brick type.
Clean masonry progressively to prevent damage as the work proceeds. Clean
facework to remove mortar smears, stains, discolouration, and the like.
* do not use excessive water pressure that will damage joint finish or brickwork.
SAMPLE PANEL
Approval Construct a sample panel 1200 x 600mm of each type of facework. An approved
panel can be incorporated into the works if suitably located. Otherwise remove
before completion of the works.
FINISHING JOINTS
Joints
Externally: Tool to give a dense water-shedding finish.
Internally: If wall is to be plastered, do not rake more than 10 mm to give a key.

Ironed Joints: Use a 15mm jointer to iron joints 5mm maximum deep.
* where exposure class bricks are nominated use only ironed joints.
Raked Joints: Rake joints 5mm deep and iron smooth. Use a wheel type, rolling,
raking tool. Re-pack joint where required.
Flush Joints: Cut mortar to finish flush with face of masonry and compact surface
where exposed externally.
Cut and Struck Joints: Cut joints flush to the bottom of the joint and 2mm behind
the face at the top of the joint.
Concealed Work: As for flush joints.
BAGGING
Cut joints flush and apply mortar to the facework with a hessian bag or similar. Fill
irregularities but leave the minimum possible amount of mortar on the masonry
face.

4.4 Materials
MASONRY UNITS
Clay Bricks: Hard, sound, well burnt, standard bricks of even size and shape with
To AS/NZS 4455.1 true arrises.
AS/NZS 4455.3 Calcium Silicate Bricks: “Special Face” grade for facework and “Render Grade”
for non-face work.
Concrete Masonry Bricks:
Concrete Masonry Blocks: Grade 123.
Alternative Systems: Submit design by a practising Structural Engineer for
approval.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 43

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

MASONRY

To AS/NZS 4455.1 Exposure class bricks: use exposure class bricks in areas subject to salt
Approval exposure and below damp course level.
Obtain Principal’s Authorised Person’s approval for type of brick.
MORTAR MATERIALS
To AS 3700 Sect. 2/ Grey Cement: Type GP, general purpose Portland cement.
AS 4773.2/ AS 3972 White Cement: Type GP, with iron salt content not exceeding 1%.
Sand: Fine aggregate with low clay content and free from efflorescing salts.
Approval Additives: Do not use additives unless approved. Use strictly in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions.
To AS 3700/ AS MORTAR MIXES
4773.1 and AS
4773.2
Class Application Cement:Lime:Sand mix

M1 internal protected walls, mortar in fireplaces [Link] (lime mortar)

M2 general purpose work above damp proof [Link] or [Link]

course

M3 footings and masonry below damp-proof [Link] or [Link] plus water

courses; dwarf and fender walls; sills; piers: thickener (methyl cellulose)
steps; calcium-lime and concrete masonry
units; reinforced masonry; general purpose
work in or near coastal areas

M4 retaining walls; 75mm masonry; all masonry from [Link] to 1:0.25:3 or

fences on boundary alignments 1:0.5:4.5 or [Link] plus water
thickener (methyl cellulose)

Mixing: Machine-mix mortar and use immediately. Do not re-temper mortar.

Approval Coloured Mortar: Colour mortar by adding approved oxide to manufacturer’s
recommendations.
To AS 3700/ AS
4773.1 and AS
4.5 Accessories
4773.2 WALL TIES
AS 2699.1
Wall ties are to be spaced at 600mm centres (max.) both vertically and horizontally
in wall panels without openings.
Around openings in the wall space ties at an average of 300mm centres (max.)
and at 300mm centres between brickwork and bearers or floor joists running
parallel to the brick veneer wall ( to resist wind uplifting of framing).
Set ties to slope downwards towards the external leaf and embedded a minimum
of 50mm into the mortar joint, with the other end secured to the frame.
To AS 2699.1 Wall Tie Category:
* Use medium duty galvanised steel with R2 corrosion resistance rating for E2
exposure
* Use medium duty 316 stainless steel with R3 corrosion resistance rating for E3
exposure
* Note: Light duty wall ties are not permitted
FLEXIBLE TIES
Ties or anchors required to extend across control joints shall transfer the forces
necessary to maintain the stability of the masonry without impairing the
effectiveness of the joint.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 44

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

MASONRY

To AS 1684 PLATE FIXING

Fix timber wall plates to masonry by either straps or bolts.
BED JOINT REINFORCEMENT
Provide galvanised woven wire mesh or welded wire:
- reinforcement width equal to wall leaf, except less 15mm cover from external
exposed surface of mortar joints
- lap 450mm at splices, fold and bend at corners (so that the longitudinal wires are
continuous), and stop 200mm short of control joints.
Placement:
- in the third bed joint above floor level
- at vertical spacings not exceeding 500mm
- in the second bed joint from the top of the wall
- in the first two bed joints above and below openings, or above and below head
and sill flashings to openings.
To AS 3700 Sect. 6/ REINFORCED MASONRY
AS 4773.1 and AS Designation: Masonry required to be strengthened with embedded steel
4773.2 reinforcement (other than bed joint reinforcement) is designated reinforced
masonry.
Cleaning Core Holes: In blockwork use purpose-made cleanout blocks or
machine cut a cleaning hole at the base of each reinforced core, located on the
side of the wall which is to be rendered or otherwise concealed. After cleaning out
has been inspected and approved, cover the hole with formwork and grout the
core.
Bond Beams: Use bond beams made from purpose-made hollow concrete blocks
with reinforcement grouted in place.
LINTELS
Galvanized Mild Steel Lintels: Provide Galvanized MS flat bar and angle lintels
To AS/NZS 2699.3 over openings:
- to be hot-dip galvanised to class Z600 after fabrication
- maintain 6mm clearance from heads and frames
- maximum 20mm allowable opening tolerance
- prop lintels at mid-span for openings 1800mm wide and over until mortar sets
- pack mortar between the angle upstand and supported masonry units
- where span of opening exceeds 3000mm provide lintel to engineer’s certification.
To AS/NZS 4600 Cold-formed lintels: Proprietary cold-formed flat-based type designed to
AS/NZS 4600.
Steel flats and angles: Sizes to BCA Figure [Link]. and Structural Engineer’s
Certificate Required Drawings
Certificate Required Precast, Fire rated Lintels: Where required provide precast fire rated lintels,
sizes and installation to manufacturer’s recommendations. Where span of opening
exceeds limitation of precast lintel system provide in situ concrete lintel to
engineer’s certification.
Prestressed Brick Lintels: Must be branded with the manufacturer’s name and
installed to manufacturer’s instructions.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 45

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

MASONRY

4.6 Masonry Elements

GENERAL
Build-up walls as shown on drawings. Carry up plumb and level in even courses.
Bonding at Intersections:
To AS 3700/ AS Masonry bonding - Provide by means of header units.
4773.1 and AS Tie bonding - Provide where header are not permitted in facework.
4773.2
Clearance for Timber Frame Shrinkage:
For seasoned timber, provide clearance to the window frames and brick sill and
between roof frames and the brick veneer.
- Single storey and ground floor windows - 10mm
- Two storey frames and upper floor windows - 20mm
For unseasoned timber, additional clearance is to be provided to accommodate
the additional shrinkage.
FOUNDATION WALLS
Brickwork: Refer to Engineer’s Drawings
- up to 1500mm high: 110mm thick with engaged piers
- 1500 to 2700 high: 230mm thick.
BEARER PIERS TABLE
Provide engaged or free standing unreinforced masonry piers as follows to support
bearers at 1800mm maximum centres:

Type Minimum Size (mm)

Brickwork Blockwork

Engaged - bonded to walls 350 x 110 390 x 90

Freestanding up to 1500mm high 230 x 230 390 x 190
Freestanding 1501mm to 2700mm high 350 x 350 390 x 390

CAVITY WALLS
To AS 3700 Masonry Wall Cavities: 50mm minimum.
Clauses 3.2.2 and
Masonry Veneer Wall Cavities: 40mm minimum (between the masonry leaf and
8.10/ AS 4773.1 and
AS 4773.2 the load-bearing frame).
Refer to details in
ASDC.
Cavities:
- fill cavities with mortar up to 1 course above external ground level with fall to
outer leaf
- do not close cavities at the joints of external openings, except where detailed
- leave loose bricks at 1800mm centres for cleaning-out purposes
- wash out cavities daily.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 46

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

MASONRY

Certificate Required Insulation in Wall Cavities

where shown on the drawings provide:
- Suitable non-combustible cavity wall insulation to meet the performance
requirements, including the Deemed to Satisfy provisions of the NCC.
- Apply to inner brick skin or brick veneer framing.
- Fix with Proprietary plastic clips on pre-installed wall ties.
- Install horizontally with the tongue to the top edge and firmly against the inner
masonry skin or wall framing. Keep sheets clean and dry and free from mortar
and grout. Do not bridge the cavity.
- Install flashings prior to installing insulation sheets. Prevent entry of water behind
the insulation.
- Fixing with No. 12-14 x 45 mm hi teks screws.
- Installation to manufacturer’s recommendations and details
COMMON WALLS BETWEEN UNITS
Build-up common walls between units and between common areas and units to
the required fire rating and sound requirements extended to the underside of roof
material including boxed-in eaves to fully compartmentalise roof space.
Certificate Required - provide certificate of compliance for fire-rated and sound-rated common wall.

FOR TIMBER FRAMED COMMON WALLS refer to CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

- Insulation, for fire-resistant compressible mineral wool seal.

4.7 Ventilation and Openings

To AS 3660.1 AIR VENTS
Provide air vents around the building perimeter to the space under all suspended
ground floors, having a minimum unobstructed opening area of 8400mm2 per
metre run of external wall. In cavity walls provide ventilation through both masonry
leaves.
VENT TYPES
* Terracotta: Perforated, 230 x 160mm
* Cut brick: Two cut bricks laid vertically and evenly spread in a 230mm wide x 2
course high opening, backed with bronze wire mesh built in.
SLAB-ON-GROUND CONSTRUCTION
Provide adequate cavity ventilation at damp-course level, so that all ventilation
holes and open perpend joints are a minimum or 150mm above finished adjacent
ground level, and between 600mm to 1000mm centres horizontally.
To AS 3700 WEEPHOLES
Clause 4.7.2/ AS Space at 1200mm maximum centres generally, in the form of open perpends to
4773.1 and AS external leaves of cavity walls:
4773.2 - provide in the course above damp-proof courses or cavity mortar, and at the
bottom of unfilled cavities
- to flashings at 460mm max. centres
- to each horizontal section of stepped flashing
- weephole inserts to be non-combustible material
ACCESS OPENINGS
Leave foundation access openings of door-width and full height in external and
internal walls below suspended ground floors.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 47

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

MASONRY

To 3700/ AS 4773.1
and AS 4773.2
4.8 Damp-Proof Course
Provide as a continuous membrane for the full length of walls. Lap full width of
angles and intersections and 150mm at joints with maximum 2 vertical courses per
step in the following locations:
Walls Adjoining Infill Floor Slabs on Membranes: In the course above the
underside of the slab in internal walls and inner leaves of cavity walls. Project
40mm and dress down over the slab membrane turned up against the wall.
Cavity Walls Built off Slabs on Ground: In the bottom course of the outer leaf,
continuous across the cavity and up the inner face, turned 30mm into the first
course of the inner leaf above the slab; or, in masonry veneer construction,
fastened to the inner frame above floor level. Project 10mm beyond the external
slab edge and dress down.
Masonry veneer construction: In the bottom course of the outer leaf continuous
horizontally across the cavity. Fastened to the inner frame 75 mm above floor
level.
Internal Walls Built off Slabs on Ground: In the first course above floor level.
At Timber Floors: In the first course below the level of the underside of ground
floor timbers in internal walls and inner leaves of cavity walls.
To AS 3700/ AS
4773.1 and 4773.2
4.9 Flashings
To AS/NZS 2904 Provide flashings into the following locations where applicable.
Certificate Required Under Sills: 30mm into the first joint below the sill, extending up across the cavity
and under the sill in the inner leaf or the frame. Extend at least 150mm beyond the
reveals on each side of the opening.
Over Lintels to Openings: Full width of outer leaf immediately above the lintel,
continuous across cavity, 50mm into the inner leaf two courses above; or, in
masonry veneer construction, turned up against the inner frame and fastened to it.
Extend at least 150mm beyond the ends of the lintels.
At Window and Door Jambs: To full height of jamb, continuous extending into
cavity min 150mm; or, in masonry veneer construction, turned back against the
inner frame and fastened to it.
Over Roofs: Full width of external masonry, stepped to roof slope. Turn down not
less than 75mm over base flashing. Turn up within cavity, sloping inward across
the cavity and fixed to or built in to the inner leaf at least 75mm above.
At Abutments with Structural Frames or Supports: Vertical flashing in the
cavity from 150mm wide material, wedged and grouted into a groove in the frame
opposite the cavity.
At Stiles Where Cavities Are Closed: Full height flashing extending 75mm
beyond the closure into the cavity, interleaved with the sill and head flashing at
each end. Fix to frame stiles.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 48

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

MASONRY

4.10 Termite Control and Vermin Proofing

To AS 3660.1 Termite Control:
Suspended floors - Provide cap and strip shields:
* provide continuously over full length of all perimeter, curtain and support walls,
openings, engaged and free-standing piers
* project 40mm and turndown at 45 degrees with joints and corners
* lapped 12mm and soldered or folded and welted
* damp-proof course material is to be laid under ant capping to prevent corrosion
of metal.
* Galvanised steel, min 0.5mm thick, coating class Z275 to AS1650
To AS3660.1 and
AS/NZS 2904 * Stainless steel mesh max aperture 0.66mm x 0.45mm, diameter of wire
0.18mm min grade 304 or 316
Combined termite shielding and DPC
- Bitumen coated aluminium minimum 0.5mm core base thickness
Concrete slabs - Refer to CONCRETE WORKS: Termite Barriers.
Vermin-proofing: Provide continuous 12mm aperture galvanised mesh to brick
veneer walls across space between brickwork and timber framing level with top of
ground floor joists:
* secure to sides of wall plates and extend across cavity to the first available bed
joint below wall plate
* lap minimum 25mm into brickwork
* lap and lace longitudinal joints together.

4.11 Trim and Fixtures

Sills and Thresholds: Solidly bed masonry sills and threshold and lay them so
that the top surfaces drain away from the building.
Meter box: Build meter box into brickwork as work proceeds.
Subfloor Access Door: Build into brickwork as work proceeds where applicable.

4.12 Control Joints

To AS 3700 EXPANSION JOINTS
Clause 3.5/ AS
4773.1 and 4773.2
Approval Form from footing level to top of wall and infill with a strip of an approved
compressible material the full depth of the joint.
Location for Clay Brickwork:
- Maximum length of continuous wall - 10m*
- Maximum distance from corner - 5m*
- Minimum width of joint - 15mm
*or as specified by Structural Engineer

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 49

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

MASONRY

Location For Concrete Masonry:

- Maximum length of continuous wall - 8m*
- Maximum distance from corner - 4m*
- Minimum width of joint - 10mm
*or as specified by Structural Engineer
ARTICULATION JOINTS
Where detailed form from footing level to top of wall:
- provide sliding joint wall ties that prevent lateral movement but allow wall to move
along the centre line of the ties
- provide compressible filler strip and finish with sealant bead to match mortar
colour.

4.13 Completion
Replace defective masonry units. Point up faulty joints, holes and chasings. Point
up all storm moulds of frames to render waterproof.

SCHEDULE OF MASONRY ELEMENTS & FINISHES

The following shall apply unless otherwise shown on drawings

ITEMS MATERIAL/FINISH/ SELECTION/TYPE

REQUIREMENT

Masonry – face brick Refer to drawings

Masonry – face block Refer to drawings

Masonry – commons

Joint Type Ironed

Mortar colour Off-White

Masonry vents Cut brick to AS 3600

Wall separating sole- Cavity masonry Acceptable Solutions

occupancy units in Class 1 construction with sound 1
& 2 buildings insulation rating to BCA
requirements 2 x 110mm cavity clay brick
masonry with 50mm glass wool
or polyester insulation to
required density;
2
2 x 110mm cavity clay brick
masonry with 13mm cement
render to both sides

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 50

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

MASONRY

Wall separating sole- Masonry construction with Acceptable Solutions

occupancy units from sound insulation rating to 1
common areas such as BCA requirements
public lobby, public corridor, Single leaf of 230mm brick
stairway, lift shaft, plant masonry with 13mm cement
room or the like. render on each face.
2
150mm thick plain off form
concrete.
3
200mm thick concrete panel
with one layer of 13mm
plasterboard or 13mm cement
render on each face.

Wall separating sole- Masonry construction with Acceptable Solutions

occupancy units in Class 1b sound insulation rating to 1
& Class 3 buildings BCA requirements
(example Group Home) Single leaf of 230mm brick
masonry with 13mm cement
render on each face.
2
150mm thick plain off form
concrete.
200mm thick concrete panel
with one layer of 13mm
plasterboard or 13mm cement
render on each face.

Basement Masonry construction Acceptable Solution

ironed to BCA requirements 1
200mm Dincel, reinforced, core
filled and waterproofed
Subject to engineering design
and then also or other
equivalent system

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 51

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

METALWORK

05: Metalwork
To AS 4100,
5.1 General
AS/NZS 4600,
AS/NZS 5131:2016 MATERIALS
All ferrous and non-ferrous metal and the like are to be first quality Australian-
made metals. Use metals suited to their required function, finish and method of
fabrication and in sections of suitable strength and stiffness for their purpose.
Provide mill certificates for all structural hot rolled sections, hollow tube sections
and cold formed sections.
To AS 3623 METAL FRAMING
NASH.1 Metal floor, wall, ceiling and roof framing systems can be used for single-storey
Approval buildings with written approval:
* provide a set of manufacturer’s printed instructions to the Principal’s Authorised
Warranty Required Person including warranty, and carry out all work strictly in accordance with
such instructions.
Residential and low-rise steel framing: To NASH.1.
Metal separation
General: Install lagging to separate non-ferrous service pipes and accessories
from the metal framing.
Protection
General: Damaged metal coatings are not to be restored on site. (No on site
welding allowed). Thoroughly clean affected areas to base metal and coat with
zinc rich organic primer.
Grommets: Provide grommets to isolate piping and wiring from cold-formed steel
framing.
Swarf: Remove swarf and other debris from cold-formed steel framing
immediately.
Earthing
Permanent earthing: Required.
Temporary earthing: Provide temporary earthing during erection until the
permanent earthing is installed.
To AS/NZS 4680 HOT DIP GALVANISING
AS 1397 Unless shown otherwise on structural engineer’s drawings - all steelwork items
AS 1214 exposed externally to be hot dip galvanized, e.g. steel stanchions, post shoes,
arch bars, angles, balustrades, gates and all other fabricated steelwork.

5.2 Quality and Work Practices

GENERAL
* keep all members true, free from twist and other distortion
* all holes are to be drilled
* cut all edges. Do not shear or plane edges. Remove all burrs and ragged
edges
* form bends in tubes without deforming the true cross-section
* fabricate and assemble all metalwork in the workshop wherever practicable. Fit
all mitred joints accurately to a fine hairline. Evenly match all butt edges and
face welds.
* the treatment coating to steelwork shall avoid surface corrosion and shall
provide protection to structural elements during construction.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 52

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

METALWORK

Approval SAMPLES
- provide nominal 1000mm length of each type of balustrade and handrail in
nominated finish and showing proposed fixings and quality of welds as
applicable.
- provide one sample of each fixture and fitting specified.
- provide sample of each type of furniture in specified finish and colour.
- suitable sized sample of each type of signage specified showing the proposed
graphics/ image, lettering/ numbering, fonts and sizes including background
materials.
- provide samples of the coated finished materials
- samples are to be representative of the materials to be delivered to site.

5.3 Structural Members

GENERAL
To AS 4100 Provide all structural steel to detail and extent indicated, complete with bearing
plates, flanges, bolts, nuts, washers and other accessories required to complete
the work.
Fastenings:
Use fastenings of a type appropriate to the work, capable of transmitting the loads
and stresses imposed, and sufficient to ensure the rigidity of the assembly.
Masonry attachments:
Use proprietary types comprising corrosive resistant screws or bolts in self-
expanding sockets.
WELDING
To AS 1554.1 All structural welding to Structural Engineer’s details:
* the deposited metal thickness on fillet welds on non-structural members are to
not be less than 70% of the thickness of the material welded
* on completion thoroughly grind-off, and smooth all welds
* remove slag from welds.
To AS 1665 Aluminium welding: Buff finish all aluminium face welds.
SUBMISSIONS
Shop drawings:
Submit 3 hard copies and 1 pdf electronic copy of Shop drawings showing:
* Identification
* Steel type and grade
* Dimensions of items
* Required camber, where applicable
* Connection details
* Orientation of members
* Location of and parameter for site welds
Do not commence fabrication until reviewed by Principal’s Authorised Person.
Allow 10 working days for review of shop drawings.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 53

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

METALWORK

5.4 Balustrades and Handrails

To AS/NZS 1170.1 GENERAL
Provide balustrades and handrails where shown and detailed on drawings
otherwise where the distance from any formed surface above the finished ground
level exceeds 600mm (e.g. porches, steps, elevated paving):
* install balustrades at 600mm and above the finished floor level
* install handrails at 865mm minimum above the nosing of stair treads
* do all necessary drilling and fabrication for fixing methods detailed
* pre-assemble and fit as many components as possible before delivery to the
site
* where metal sections are to be site-joined, pre-drill and pre-tap holes in
readiness for threaded connections.
* balustrades to comply with BCA Vol 2 Part 3.9.2
To AS 1428.1 * Where shown on the drawings for stairs and provide handrails and tactile
surface indicators.

5.5 Sunhoods, Awnings & Privacy Screens

GENERAL
* Provide mild steel frame for sunhoods/ awnings screens and privacy screens -
powdercoat finish
* Refer to detail drawings

5.6 Finishes
METALWORK FINISHES
Comply with AS 4312 for the atmospheric corrosion category of the local
environment. The coating thickness of the metalwork finishes must be appropriate
for the environmental conditions per AS 4312.
To AS/NZS 4680 GALVANISING
* work showing faulty galvanising is to be rejected
* no drilling, tapping, cutting or welding will be permitted after galvanising.
Coating requirements: Provide an unbroken covering of zinc, uniform in
appearance and in thickness at the rate of:
* steel thickness 5mm and greater - 600 g/m2
* steel thickness 2mm to less than 5mm - 450 g/m2
* steel thickness less than 2mm - 350 g/m2
PAINTING
All metalwork must be primed before delivery to the works. Prepare and finish
surfaces for painting. Refer to PAINTING.
To AS 1231 ANODISING
Anodised coatings to aluminium to have an Anodic film thickness of 20 microns.
Protective coating:
Provide a temporary protective coating to the anodised surfaces. The protective
coating is to be removed at the completion of the works.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 54

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

METALWORK

To AS 3715 POWDER COATING

Prepare surfaces as follows:
To AS 1627.4 Unprotected steel:
remove rust by abrasive blast cleaning to AS 1627.4 Class 3, clean by immersing
in trichlorethylene or an alkaline solution, and apply a coat of iron phosphate.
To AS/NZS 4506 Galvanised steel:
clean by immersing in a suitable alkaline or acid solution, apply a chromate or zinc
phosphate chemical conversion coating, rinse and de-grease.
Aluminium:
To AS/NZS 3715
* clean by immersing in a suitable alkaline solution, caustic etch and apply a
chromate conversion coating
* after application, bake the film in an oven accurately controlled to the
temperature recommended by the coating manufacturer.

5.7 Fixtures and Fittings

GENERAL
* Provide fixtures and fittings. Refer to drawings and schedules for item, number,
selection and location of fixtures and fittings.
* If selection of fixture/s or fitting/s is included in the Contract but location is not
shown on drawings refer to Principal’s Authorised Person for approval.
* In the event that fixture or fitting selection is not included in the Contract select
fixture/s and fitting/s to meet the specification and Land and Housing
Corporation Deemed to Comply Product Register.
* In the event that fixture or fitting selection is not included in the Contract and
there is no specification for the fixture or fitting or the fixture or fitting is not
included in the Land and Housing Corporation Deemed to Comply Product
Register recommend selection meeting relevant standards and obtain
Principal’s Authorised Person’s approval.
* Install to manufacturer’s instructions.

ITEMS REQUIREMENT
Shower Curtain Rail Provide to each:
* Shower recess
* Combined shower and bath
Provide to each accessible shower recess / SEPP HPSD
ground floor units. Curtain rail to be fitted with hospital
grade curtain with weighed hem
Locate where shown on drawings

Shower Screen Provide to non-accessible bathrooms

Shower Seat Locate where shown on drawings

Toilet Paper Holder Provide 1 per toilet

Locate adjacent to toilet pan

Bath Towel Rail Provide 1 per bathroom. Locate where shown on

drawings

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 55

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

METALWORK

Soap Holder Provide (ceramic preferred if recessed):

1 per shower
1 per bath
Locate where shown on drawings

Robe Hook Provide:

* 1 per each bathroom for 0-1 bedroom dwellings.
* 2 per bathroom for all other dwellings
Locate where shown on drawings

Grab Rails Provide in SEPP HSPD units.

1 per shower recess
1 per WC
Locate where shown on drawings

Tea Towel Rail Provide 1 x 3 arm fixed to inside of kitchen cupboard

door.

BATHROOM FITTINGS REQUIREMENT

Toilet Paper Holder
* Chrome plated brass/polished stainless steel frame, min. 150mm x 150mm with
aluminium roller
Bath Towel Rail
* 760mm overall length x 16mm-diameter chrome plated brass or stainless steel
tube with stainless steel end brackets, for wall screw fixing
Robe Hooks
* 52mm x 53mm chrome plated brass
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 1 year written warranty
GRAB RAILS REQUIREMENT
DISABILITY MODIFICATIONS AND ACCESSIBLE HOUSING
* Only where scoped or directed
* To current Australian Standard
* 32mm diameter x 1.2mm thick 304 Stainless Steel or powder coated aluminium
x 450mm min. overall length, secured to wall with round head C.P. brass or
stainless steel screws, minimum 50mm long
* Hygienic seal Flange Covers
* Fixings of Grab rail to support appropriate static load
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 1 year written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 56

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

METALWORK

CLOTHES LINE REQUIREMENT

Provide clothes line where shown on drawings:
Provide test report certifying hoist can withstand a load of 150 kg (min. 2kg point
loads evenly distributed per all lines/ at max. 300mm centre spacings) without
deformation or damage, issued by a registered Testing Laboratory based on
current Australian Standards
- Anodised aluminium or min. 1.0mm thick. galvanised steel framing to current
Australian Standards
- Min. 20 micron anodised or 50 micron polyester powder coat finish to current
Australian Standards
- Min. 4 mm dia. galvanised wire or UV stabilised plastic sheathed cord or wire
lines
- All bolts & fittings zinc plated
- Locking mechanism on frame
- Installed to manufacturers written specification
Retractable
- Min. 4 line (2 BR or less) Max line extension 6m
Min 5 line Max extension 6m
Awning
- Min. 14 m line (for 1 BR or less)
- Min. 20 m line (for 2/3 BR dwellings)
- Min. 35m line (for 4/5 BR dwellings)
- Ground or wall mounted
- With tensioning mechanism
Fixed Rotary Type Adjustable (wind-up fixed head hoists)
- Min. 39m line/4m dia. (for 2/3 BR dwelling)
- Min. 48m line /5m dia. (for 4/5 BR dwelling)
WARRANTY: Provide min. 10 year frame warranty & 1 year line & components

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 57

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

METALWORK

LETTERBOX REQUIREMENT
Provide letterboxes where shown on drawings:
General (all models)
To AS/NZS 4253 - Painted zinc/aluminium alloy coated steel OR G2 zinc coated steel (Z450) with
min. 50 micron polyester powder coat finish
- Aluminium (min. 20 micron anodised or 50 micron powder coat)
- Weatherhood (for weather exposed areas)
Freestanding
- A4 envelope size Min 230mm x 330mm and min, 160mm high
- Min. 25mm high letterbox slot
- Elevated between 900mm to 1200mm above ground on a coated steel post
- Padlock or key operated camlock
Built-in (brickwork or Aluminium Letter box Banks)
- Materials as per “General “
- Aluminium/G2 zinc coated steel/zinc-aluminium coated steel sleeve.
- Min. A4 envelope size, Min 230mm x 330mm and Min 160mm high
- Min. 25mm high letterbox slot
- Elevated between 500mm to 1500mm above ground
- Access door pivot hinged on min. 5mm dia. galvanised steel/SS rod
- Key operated camlock/padlock style lock
- Max. letterbox bank of 75 boxes (15 wide x 5 high)
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 1 year warranty.

5.8 Signage
SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS
ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE
Where required by BCA (volume 1) provide signage to comply with parts D3.6 and
Specification D3.6 (Braille and Tactile Ground Indicators)
PARKING SIGNAGE
Provide signage for visitor and accessible parking to comply with local authority
requirements.
STREET / UNIT NUMBERING
Provide street/unit numbering:
- External street numerals and building block numerals to be 150mm minimum high
1.6mm thick plain brass (secured with brass screws) or polished cast aluminium
(secured with stainless steel screws) fixed to building/structure.
- Unit numerals to be 50mm minimum high x 1.6mm thick plain brass or polished
cast aluminium or moulded plastic, screw fixed to door.
- Letterbox numerals to be 50mm minimum high x 1.6mm thick
brass/aluminium/plastic, screw fixed to front of letterbox.
- Community room WC doors as for unit numerals
- Project name and numerals (if required) as for external street numerals
WARRANTY
Provide minimum 1 year warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 58

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

METALWORK

PROHIBITION SIGNAGE OR ADVISORY / INFORMATION

Provide as shown on drawings:
- Prohibition signs (No Smoking, Electrical hazard etc.) to comply with AS1319
- Either 225x300 mm (approx. A4) or 300x450 mm (approx. A3) – where viewing is
required at a distance of greater than 10m away
- Signs and numbers to be non-reflective
- Low Density Polyethylene and/or Polypropylene and/or co-mingled
plastic/wood (Recycled product)
- UV stabilised – to reduce surface whitening;
- fading and crack resistant for indoor and outdoor use;
- Min 90% recycled product
- Non-toxic hazard;
- Minimum thickness 1.5 mm.
- life expectancy 5-8 years;
- Rounded corners with four corner mounting holes (screw or adhesive fixed).
- Colorbond steel (metal)
- Suitable for outdoor use;
- Life expectancy 5-8 years;
- Min BMT 0.5 mm thick;
- Rounded corners with four corner mounting holes (screw or adhesive fixed)
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 1 year warranty
NON-SMOKING SIGNS IN COMMON AREAS
Non-Smoking Areas
Non-smoking areas in Principal’s properties include internal common areas such as
common rooms, shared laundries, stairwells, hallways, entranceways, lift areas and
other enclosed common areas.
Location: The minimum number of signs installed per building by a Contractor is
two. The first sign ‘design option 2’ is to be installed at the entrance of a building.
The second sign ‘design option 1’ is to be installed in the buildings enclosed
common area (for example foyer). Additional signage can be scoped depending on
building layout and whether more than one ingress or egress exists. The number of
signs shall be such that at least one sign is visible from any position within the area
where smoking is prohibited. Contractors are required to scope a building,
determine the number of signs to be installed in accordance with the Specification.
Contractors shall install the signs as scoped and as approved by the Principal’s
Authorised Person.
General requirements:
- The signs used to identify non-smoking areas in Principal’s properties should
comply with AS 1319-1994: Safety Signs for Occupational Environment.
- The symbolic shapes, colour and enclosure coding shall be as shown in Table 2.1
and the symbolic sign shall be sign No.401 in Table B1 in AS 1319.
- The signs used shall be word/symbol combinations.
WARRANTY: Minimum 5 years warranty.
Signage design options:
Below are the Principal’s preferred designs, size and material.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 59

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

METALWORK

1. 2.
Sign size: Signs shown above can be in two sizes, 225x300 mm (approximately A4)
and 300x450 mm (approximately A3). These sizes cater for a viewing distance of
about 10 m.
Minimum letter size: for uppercase 50 mm, for lowercase 40 mm.
Sign material: Acceptable materials are as follows:
- Polypropylene – For Indoor use, UV stabilised; fading and crack resistant for
outdoor use; non-toxic; minimum thickness 1.2 mm, rounded corners with four
corner mounting holes, life expectancy 5-8 years, 100% recyclable.
- Metal – For Outdoor use, Colorbond steel; minimum thickness 0.6 mm, rounded
corners with four corner mounting holes, life expectancy 5-8 years.
- Sign face material shall be non-retro-reflective (diffuse) and conform to colours
specified in Table 3.2 AS 1319. Signs must be coated with a “Non Sacrificial”
anti-graffiti coating.
Siting and installation:
- Signs should be located where the message is legible, clearly visible and attracts
attention. Natural and artificial light conditions should be considered when locating
signage.
- Signs should not be mounted at locations where stacked material, open doors or
other obstructions will obscure signs.
- Signs shall be mounted at eye level. The preferred fixing height of sign (bottom
edge) shall be 1.5 m above floor level.
- Signs shall be mounted using four screws (indoor and outdoor) or heavy duty
adhesive (indoor only).

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 60

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

METALWORK

EVACUATION SIGNAGE
Provide:
- Low Density Polyethylene and/or Polypropylene and/or co-mingled plastic/wood
(Recycled product) or other durable recycled plastic sheet.
- Printed in Colour on A4
- UV stabilised – to reduce surface whitening;
- fading and crack resistant for indoor and outdoor use;
- Min 90% recycled product
- Non-toxic hazard;
- Fixed to back of door behind clear recyclable polycarbonate or other impact and
scratch resistant plastic using anti-tamper, vandal resistant fixings

WARRANTY: Provide minimum 1 year warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 61

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

METALWORK

5.9 Workmanship and Execution

PREPARATION
Examine areas to receive work for correct dimensions, plumbness of walls and
planarity of surfaces that would affect the installation of the works.
Notify the Principal’s Authorised Person of unsatisfactory conditions.
Proceed with the installation only after the unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
INSTALLATION
Install the works in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Install the works level, plumb, true, and securely fixed and positioned at the
location(s) shown on the Design Drawings.
Install the works in the correct position, within the required tolerances, and in the
correct relationship to the building structure.
Assemble and install fixtures and fittings so that surfaces designed with falls drain
as intended.
Provide reinforcing as required to ensure rigid and secure assembly. Joints, corners
and mitres to be accurately fitted.
Noggings, bearings, etc., required to support the works must be accurately
positioned and fixed securely.
Drill, countersink and tap components as necessary to receive threaded fasteners.
Use concealed fasteners wherever possible. Set out exposed fasteners where
permitted in an even manner.
COMPLETION
Upon completion, remove waste, debris and any unused materials from the site and
dispose of safely and legally.
Clean the work of dirt and excess materials. Use cleaning materials and methods
recommended by the manufacturer.
Make good fastening holes and surfaces damaged by the execution of the work, to
the acceptance of the Principal’s Authorised Person. Replace items that cannot be
satisfactorily repaired on site.
Keep completed works clean and dry, and protect from physical damage until
Practical Completion.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 62

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

06: Carpentry and Joinery

6.1 General

Only AS 1684 TIMBER FRAMING

AS 1684.1 Residential timber framed construction: To AS 1684.2, AS 1684.3 or AS 1684.4 as
AS 1684.2 appropriate.
AS 1684.3 Design: To AS 1720.1.
AS 1684.4
AS 1720.1
To AS 1720.1 HIGH WIND AREAS
AS/NZS 1170.2

6.2 Inspections
NOTICE
Inspection Required Give 48 hours’ notice so that inspection may be made at the following stages:
- completion of framing
- before fixing internal linings
QUALITY ASSURANCE TIMBER CERTIFICATION: Refer to PRELIMINARIES:
Materials and Workmanship. Certificate required.

6.3 Quality and Work Practices

GENERAL
Perform the operations and provide the accessories necessary for the completion
of woodwork items. Ease and adjust moving parts, lubricate hardware, and leave
the completed work in a sound, clean, working condition.
SAMPLES
- For visible timber framing, provide nominal 500mm length sample of each timber
type.
- For timber flooring, provide nominal 500mm x 500mm sample of each type of
timber flooring specified showing the quality of finish, range of colour and
variation, applied sealer, joint treatment, and fixings.
- Provide nominal 300mm length sample of specified skirting, architraves and any
other trims and sundry items specified showing the quality of finish and range
of colour variation.
- For cupboards, cabinets, vanity units, kitchen units and other similar joinery
assemblies, provide the following samples:
 Nominal 500mm length of benchtop showing edge profile.
 Door front.
 Drawer front.
 Nominal 300mm x 300mm sample of each substrate, surface and finish.
 One sample of each type of hardware.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 63

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

JOINERY
* mortice and tenon joints in doors, frames, sashes and other parts
* mitre joints in mouldings, skirting, etc., but scribe internal angles
* dress joinery stock and mouldings, hand finish exposed surfaces and remove
arrises to provide smooth surface for painting
* all moulding runs of up to 800mm must be in single lengths.
Certificate Required CERTIFICATES
Provide certificates from the suppliers showing that the timber used complies with
the specification requirements.
Forest Certification
Timber used on the project must be from a certified source. Timber must be Forest
certified to either:
- AS 4708 offered by the Australian Forest Certification Scheme; or
- The Forest Stewardship Council Scheme.
Provide timber labelled with either of the following:
- AFS/ PEFC (Australian Forestry Standard/ Program for the Endorsement of
Forest Certification Schemes); or
- Woodmark and SmartWood as accredited by the Forest Stewardship Council.
Chain of custody; select from either:
- AFS certification: To AS 4707.
- FSC certification: To FSC requirements.
Formaldehyde Emission Level
Plywood: E0 certified formaldehyde emission level in accordance with AS/NZS
2270 and AS/NZS 2271.
Reconstituted wood-based panel: E0 certified formaldehyde emission level in
accordance with AS/NZS 1859 series.
SEASONED TIMBER
For dressed products including mouldings, flooring and weatherboards:
- milled timber to be conditioned to within 3% of the equilibrium moisture content
(emc) appropriate to the timber and its intended conditions of use
- seasoned to an even moisture content between 10% and 15% with no more
than 3% difference between any two pieces in any one group
- seasoned timbers must not be less than the stated sizes.
UNSEASONED TIMBER
Where unseasoned timber is used, make allowance for shrinkage, swelling and
differential movement.
TOLERANCES
Maximum permissible tolerance for dressing to be 3mm per face and for:
To AS 1684 framing timbers:
“gauged” hardwood: tolerance +2mm - 0.
“planer gauged” radiata pine: +3mm - 0.
VISIBLE WORK
All visible faces, edges and corners must be clean and free of visible blemishes
(e.g. marks caused by branding, crayon, machinery, etc.).

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 64

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

SURFACE FINISH
To AS 2796.1 Table B1 Hardwood:

To AS 4785.1 Table B1 Softwood:

PAINTING
Refer to PAINTING.
Prime paint and/or stain all faces of joinery and mouldings (including joints)
specified to be painted before delivery to the works:
- unsatisfactory priming will be rejected by Principal’s Authorised Person.
To AS 1604.1 WATER-REPELLENT TREATMENT
Apply protection before delivery to the site.

6.4 Materials
GENERAL
All timbers must comply with the NSW Timber Marketing Regulation 2010.
TIMBER SPECIES
Do not use imported tropical rainforest timber. Refer to SCHEDULES - “Schedule
of Timber Species and Durability Ratings” for species of timber to be used in
specific applications.
To AS/NZS 1748 timber stress grades:
To AS/NZS 1148 TIMBER TERMINOLOGY
AS/NZS 4491 individual timbers: ‘Standard trade common names’
groups of timbers: terms employed for that purpose in relevant Australian
standards.
Plywood:
To AS 1604 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT
Approval - all Lyctus susceptible sapwood in local rainforest timbers
- all Lyctus susceptible sapwood in hardwoods other than milled products,
exceeding 20% of the perimeter of the piece
- all Lyctus susceptible sapwood in milled hardwood products
- radiata pine exposed to weather for bearers and joists
- provide timber treatment details to the Principal’s Authorised Person.
PANEL AND SHEET PRODUCTS
Plywood and blockboard:
AS/NZS 2270 Interior use
AS/NZS 2271 Exterior use
Particle board:
To AS/NZS 1859.1 Interior type: interior use in dry locations only.
High moisture resistant (HMR): for other uses except flooring.
Flooring grade: for flooring generally.
Wet area flooring grade: for flooring above damp subfloors.
Melamine surfaced particleboard: particleboard finished with melamine, surface-
bonded to all faces.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 65

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

To AS/NZS 1859.2 Fibre building boards:

To AS/NZS 1859.4 Hardboard.
Interior use generally: standard hardboard Type GP.
Exterior cladding: exterior hardboard.
Hardboard planks:
To AS/NZS 2908.2 Fibre cement products:
Flat Sheets and Planks.
Compressed sheets: for flooring
Laminated plastic sheet: General-purpose or post-forming as applicable:
To AS/NZS 2924.1 Thickness:
- for horizontal surfaces fixed to a continuous background: 1.2mm
- for vertical surfaces fixed to a continuous background: 0.8mm
- for vertical surfaces fixed intermittently (e.g., to studs): 3.0mm.
Fixing: fix to backgrounds with contact adhesive cement containing a heat
resistant additive in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
Metal Cladding:
Preformed sheet and purpose-made accessories forming part of an approved
proprietary metal wall cladding system.
Corrosion protection: To BCA Table [Link].a.
- Zincalume - min. AZ150 coating or COLORBOND coated steel - min. base
thickness 0.48mm (for standard conditions and straight roof lines)
Battens: If required 75 x 38mm hardwood at centres as recommended by the
sheeting manufacturer.
Installation: to the manufacturer’s printed instructions
- fixing should cater for extreme weather conditions
- troughs of corrugations or ribbed profiles must not be pierced or drilled for fixing
- where factory-prefinished colour coating is specified exposed fixings are to be
of matching colour

6.5 Structural Elements

GENERAL
Provide additional timber members as required to support lining, cladding,
hardware, fixtures and fittings.
To AS 1684.2 TIMBER FLOOR FRAMING
If floor framing is for ground floor construction, ensure that it is protected from
moisture with DPC strip between timber and support or as shown on drawings.
If construction loading exceeds design loading, provide additional support so as to
avoid overstressing of members.
To AS 1684.2 TIMBER WALL FRAMING
Top wall plates: To be 75mm thick minimum.
Bottom wall plates: Provide separation strips between bottom wall plates and
concrete floors of DPC material.
Studs: Provide studs (450mm centres maximum)
To AS 4299 Reinforcement: Provide min 12mm thick plywood panels in locations as shown on
drawings to bathroom areas for future grab rail support. Plywood to be recessed
flush with wall frame.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 66

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

To AS 1684.2 ROOF AND CEILING FRAMING

Refer to drawings.
To AS 1684.2 FIXINGS
Provide fastenings of types appropriate to their purposes, sufficient to transmit the
loads and stresses imposed and to ensure the rigidity of the assembly, and install
them without splitting or otherwise damaging the timber.
ROOF TRUSSES
To AS 1720.1 Provide prefabricated roof trusses of accredited manufacture, made in controlled
AS 4440 factory conditions and clearly branded with the following information:
- name of manufacturer
- pitch of roof
- span of truss
- timber species and grade
Clearance for internal walls: Over internal walls provide not less than 10mm
vertical clearance and use bracing methods that allow for vertical movements.
Approval Approval: Written approval required before manufacture of trusses.

Certificate Required Shop drawings: provide 2 sets of shop drawings certified by a qualified Structural
Engineer for each truss type to be used in each building to show the following
information:
- outline of each truss type showing size and stress grade of each member
- number of each truss type required
- fixing requirements
- permanent bracing.
Strengthening:
Camber: Construct trusses with 12mm upward camber in bottom chords.
Loading: Do all trimmings for ancillary ceiling works after the roof has been
loaded with tiles.
Additional support
Design structure and trusses to provide additional support to structural engineer’s
detail for:
 Solar hot water heaters and panels
 Solar voltaic cell panels
 Roof access walkway to AS 1657
 ceiling hoists
 services or equipment located in roof space

6.6 Flooring
GENERAL
Refer to SCHEDULES: Schedule of Timber Species and durability ratings for
material specification:
- do not fix internal hardwood flooring until the building is completely weather-
proofed (i.e. completed roofing and external wall sheeting)
- for other flooring, fix completed roofing within 2 weeks of starting

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 67

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

CLASSIFICATION OF FLOORING
Fitted: applies to flooring laid and cut to fit between the wall plates of each room
after external walls and roof have been covered and made weatherproof. “Fitted”
flooring may be either sheet or strip
Platform: applies to flooring laid continuously over whole of floor area of each
storey of the dwelling and extending to finish flush with the external edge of
perimeter wall plates. Wall framing must rest upon platform
Wet area: applies to flooring in utility rooms where flooding and the expectation of
dampness is a major consideration. The term will apply to bathrooms, laundries,
water closets and the like.
To AS 1684 FITTED FLOORING
Drill nail holes at ends of boards to avoid splitting
Tongue and Groove Board
To AS 2796 Hardwood
To AS 1810 Seasoned Cyprus Pine
To AS 4785 Softwood
PLATFORM (SHEET) FLOORING
To AS 2269, AS 1684 Structural plywood:
To AS 1860.1, Particleboard: Use moisture resistant (MR) particleboard
To AS 1860.2

SANDING
Sand strip and sheet flooring as follows:
Strip flooring: Use with an approved power machine
Sheet flooring: Lightly sand joints in flush
WET AREA PLATFORM (SHEET) FLOORING
Compressed fibre cement sheeting:
a minimum thickness of 15mm for 450mm joist spacing, or 18mm thickness for
600mm joist spacing:
- fix sheets to floor joists with countersunk screws in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions
- seal all joints and screw heads with an epoxy resin adhesive
- flash at wall and floor junctions and seal floor surface as specified under TILING
AND WET AREA WATERPROOFING: Waterproofing Wet Areas.

6.7 Trims
GENERAL
Do not use Medium Density Fibreboard (MDF) for skirtings, window and door
architraves for wet area applications (i.e. bathrooms, laundries, kitchens and
separate toilets).
ROOF TRIMS
Fascia, barge and eaves boards
AS 2796.1 Seasoned hardwood
AS 1810 Cypress pine
Australian grown conifers, other than radiata pine and cypress pine

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 68

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

Metal fascias/Barges: proprietary metal roofing accessories

SOFFIT LINING
Eaves:
- 4.5mm fibre-cement sheeting for 450mm centres support spacings
- 6.0mm fibre-cement sheeting for 600mm centres support spacings
- set 10mm into groove of fascia
- cover sheet junctions with aluminium or plastic ‘H’ type mouldings.
Fascias and barge boards: as for eaves.
Anti ponding boards:
6mm FC or hardboard under sarking from lowest roofing batten to the top of the
fascia.
WINDOW LININGS
Provide nom. 25mm minimum linings to reveals of aluminium windows in framed
walls, to finish flush with finished wall surface.
- Pre-primed
SKIRTINGS
Provide 92 x 18mm minimum skirting with pencil round edge to all rooms except
where tiled floor is provided. Accurately mitre corners.
- Pre-primed
ARCHITRAVES
Except where detailed otherwise on the drawings - Provide 40 x 20mm minimum
architraves with pencil round edges to all door frames and all windows except
where reveals are rendered. Accurately mitre corners.
- Pre-primed
CURTAIN BOARDS
Where no architraves are provided in rendered walls provide a continuous 70 x 20
mm minimum DAR curtain board above head to each window and sliding door
extending 150mm beyond the opening at each side.
- Pre-primed
FRAMING TO FALSE CEILINGS AND BULKHEADS
Provide nom. 75 x 50mm timber framing at 400mm centres. Secure to brickwork
or concrete, where occurring, with 10mm diameter zinc plated anchor bolts at
900mm centres.
To AS/NZS 2785 Alternatively, provide a proprietary cold-formed zinc coated steel suspended
ceiling system.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 69

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

6.8 Cupboards
To AS/NZS 4386.1, KITCHEN UNITS/CUPBOARDS
To AS/NZS 4386.2 Refer to drawings otherwise the following requirements shall apply:
Installation:
- floor cupboards and benches to be constructed at 900mm high for general
housing units and 850mm high for SEPP HSPD housing units.
- provide bulkheads above kitchen wall units where ceiling is below 2400mm high.
- one wall cupboard unit (medicine cabinet) must have a childproof door catch
- benchtop to be a full-size unit, formed in a single unjointed lengths wherever
possible. Where joint is unavoidable such as those in corner areas, they shall
be minimal and to the acceptance of the Principal’s Authorised Person.
- round off/chamfer exposed right angle benches
Benchtops and servery tops:
- min 32mm thick high moisture resistant (HMR) particleboard laminated with high
pressure decorative laminate
- laminate shall have high resistance to surface wear, impact and scratching
- provide cut-outs for sink
Doors, drawer fronts, open shelves, open panels:
- min 16mm thick high moisture resistant (HMR) particleboard or high moisture
resistant medium density fibreboard (MDF) laminated with high pressure
decorative laminate having medium resistance to surface wear, impact and
scratching
- all doors and drawers shall have 2 mm Bio-plastic equal to PBS (Poly butylene
succinate) edge strip
Drawers:
- sides – 13mm
- bottom – 16mm
- thick HMR particleboard or HMR MDF, white melamine finish
- Integrated drawer slide system comprising a high quality epoxy coated white
steel self-closing feature runner, 30kg load capacity
- provide 1 cutlery tray in drawer unit
Carcass:
- min 16mm thick HMR particleboard,
- white melamine finish to all internal surfaces including edge of frame, carcass and
shelves
Kickboard:
- min 16mm thick HMR particleboard,
- 2mm vinyl or high pressure and high resistance laminate finish, including any
edges. Colour to be coordinated with kitchen by Principal’s authorised Person.
- Use concealed side wall-mounted hinges with 170o swing
- Use piano hinges for split of bi-fold door on corner units
- Install to manufacturers written specification
WARRANTY: Provide a minimum 5 year written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 70

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

BATHROOM VANITY
Carcass:
- Min 750w x 450d on nominal 150h tubular legs
- Min 16mm thick high moisture resistant (HMR) MDF/particleboard with white
melamine finish to all internal surfaces, including edge of frame, carcass and
shelves
- min 16mm thick HMR particleboard, melamine finish to all internal surfaces
including edge of frame, carcass and shelves.
Benchtop:
- min 32mm thick HMR particleboard laminated with high pressure decorative
laminate
- laminate shall have high resistance to surface wear, impact and scratching, or
natural stone, engineered stone
Doors, drawer fronts, external panels:
- min 16mm thick HMR particleboard or HMR MDF
- laminated with high pressure decorative laminate having medium resistance to
surface wear, impact and scratching
- all doors and drawers shall have 2mm PVC plastic edge strip min 16mm thick HMR
MDF polyurethane paint finish
Bowl or bowl and benchtop:
- vitreous china
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 5 years written warranty
BATHROOM CABINETS REQUIREMENT
General and Liveable Housing
- To current Australian Standards
- Cabinet fabricated in 1 mm zinc coated steel (white Acrylic baked Solvent-borne
finish) OR 16 mm HMR high pressure decorative laminated board OR heavy
duty plastic (Plastic cabinet body minimal thickness of 5mm)
- Adjustable shelving
- Silver float mirror glass to current Australian Standards
- Inside of cabinet (or door) to be branded with manufacturers name
Single Door Cabinet
- Min. 375 mm high x 405 mm wide x 115 mm deep
- 3 mm mirror fixed to self-closing hinged door or sliding door
- Min. 1 shelf
Double Door Cabinet
- Min. 415 mm high x 700 mm wide x 130 mm deep
- 2 x 4 mm sliding mirror doors with finger slots set in recessed safety tracks
(extruded PVC or aluminium tracks fitted to HMR laminated board) OR 2 x 3
mm mirrors fixed to self-closing hinged doors
- Min. 2 shelves
For People with Disability
- Single door cabinet and mirror (fixed to wall)
- Cabinet 975mm high x 300 mm wide x 200 mm deep, with min. 3 shelves
(beside mirror)
- Mirror 975 mm high x 500 mm wide (above basin)
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 5 years written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 71

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

MIRRORED CABINET
- 1 per bathroom above vanity, with minimum width equivalent to the width of
vanity.
- Refer to GLAZING
LAUNDRY BENCH
- min 32mm thick HMR particleboard laminated with high pressure decorative
laminate
- bench with tub set flush shall be min 1400mm long and 700mm deep
- bench min 800mm long x 600mm deep (where tub is separate)
- laminate shall have high resistance to surface wear, impact and scratching
LAUNDRY OPEN SHELVES ABOVE TUB
For SEPP HSPD dwellings:
- nom 450mm wide x 250 deep
- min 18mm thick HMR particleboard laminated with high pressure decorative
laminate having medium resistance to surface wear, impact and scratching
BUILT-IN LINEN AND/OR BROOM CUPBOARDS
Not built in between walls
- min 16mm thick HMR particleboard or HMR MDF laminated both sides with high
pressure decorative laminate having medium resistance to surface wear, impact
and scratching
- all doors shall have 2 mm PVC plastic edge strip//
- 35mm flush hollow or cell cored/painted
- 100% acrylic paint, full gloss finish
- Sliding doors only for SEPP HSPD
- Carcass- min 16mm thick HMR particleboard
- melamine finish to all internal surfaces including edge of frame, carcass and
shelves.
Built in between walls
Unless otherwise shown on drawings:
- line ceiling and wall with 4.8mm standard hardboard or 10mm plasterboard
- shelves and partitions to be 16mm thick laminated particle board or medium
density fibreboard with white melamine finish
- construct 50 x 25mm vertical ladder supports for shelving plug fixed to brick
walls and screw fixed to partition wall
- five (5) shelves to linen cupboard and one (1) shelf to broom cupboard
Doors and hardware: Refer to DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE:
- linen cupboard doors to be flush as specified for internal doors to suit frames
- provide door frames to match other internal door frames
- provide ‘D’ handles and roller catches

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 72

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

BUILT IN WARDROBES REQUIREMENT

To current Australian Standards for HMR, MDF, Laminate, Melamine and
Fibreglass finishes
Doors
- min. 16mm thick high moisture resistant (HMR) particleboard or moisture
resistant medium density fibreboard (MDF), laminated (both sides) with high
pressure decorative laminate having medium resistance to surface wear, impact
and scratching or with vinyl film applied, or painted 35mm flush, hollow or cell
cored door
- 2 mm PVC plastic edge strip to doors
Carcass
- min. 16mm thick high moisture resistant (HMR) particleboard with white
melamine finish to all internal surfaces, including edge of frame, carcass and
shelves
- Concealed side wall-mounted hinges with 170o swing or sliding doors
- Hanging/shelf unit to be removable/height adjustable.
- Install to manufacturers written specification
- All assemblies to carry a compliance label to current Australian Standards
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 5 year written warranty

6.9 Timber Stairs

Where shown on drawings, provide closed flight timber stairs, newels, & handrails.
Refer to SCHEDULES: Schedule of Timber Species and Durability Ratings for
applicable timbers:
- set out stair rod to give uniform treads and risers in each flight
- all work must be smooth, fine sanded, slightly arised and prepared for finish as
scheduled
- provide beads and mouldings as necessary
- exposed fittings are to be brass unless otherwise detailed.
- Stair design to comply with BCA requirements (see BCA vol 2 part 3.9.1 and
BCA vol 1 part D2).

6.10 Insulation
Refer to INTERNAL LININGS for wall, ceiling, and floor insulation. See drawings
for insulation ratings.
COMMON WALLS BETWEEN UNITS
Finish the area between the top of the wall and roof cladding with fire-resistant
compressible mineral wool seal.

6.11 Finishes

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 73

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

6.12 Schedule of Timber Species & Durability Ratings

Application Timber species Timber finish Australian Preservative
or minimum Standard treatment rating
durability class (AS) for softwood

Structural Class 1 or 2 Sawn 1684.2 H3

timbers (NB Where
exposed to softwoods
weather meet durability
class 1 or 2
preservative
treatment is not
required)

Sub-floor Class 3 or Sawn 1684.2 H3

framing better
exposed
to ground

Structural Class 4 or Sawn 1720.1 H2

timbers not better
exposed to
weather

Fascias, Oregon Select dressing 4785.1 N/A

barges Ash type Select 2796.1
eucalypts
(immunised
and
reconditioned)

Weatherboards Radiata Pine Select 4785.1 H3

Cypress Pine “ 1810
Western Red “ -
Cedar “ 2796.1
Hardwood “ “
Brush Box
Mouldings Sitka Spruce Select dressing 4785.1
(softwood) “ 4785.1
Oregon Select -
Western Red “ 4785.1 H1 (int) H3 (ext)
Cedar
Radiata Pine
Hoop Pine
Slash Pine
Sills Tallowwood Select 2796.1 N/A
Blackbutt “ “
Red Mahogany “ “
Crows Ash “ “
Western Red “
Cedar
Window and Western Red Select - N/A
door Cedar Select dressing 2047
frames Oregon Select 2796.1
Ash type
eucalypts
(immunised
and
reconditioned)

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 74

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

Application Timber species Timber finish Australian Preservative

or minimum Standard treatment rating
durability class (AS) for softwood
Strip flooring Radiata Pine Standard 4785.1 H3
Mixed “ 2796.1
Hardwood “ 1810
Cypress Pine “ 2796.1
Murray Red
Gum
Internal joinery, Oregon Select dressing 4785.1 N/A
cupboard Ash type Select 2796.1
framing eucalypts
(immunised
and Select dressing 2796.1
reconditioned) Select 4785.1
Sitka spruce
Radiata pine

MR
Particleboard
MR Medium
density
fibreboard
Paling fence Class 2 or Struct. Grade 1 2082 H4 or 5 ) See
posts better Struct. Grade 1 2082 H4 or 5 ) Note
Other fence Class 1 Struct. Grade 3 2082
posts Eastern
Fence rails and Australian H3
palings hardwoods
Radiata pine
(treated)
Cypress pine
NOTE: Where H4 or H5 is specified as an alternative, the required hazard rating
will depend on specific site conditions that exist.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 75

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

7: Doors, Windows and Hardware

7.1 General
Refer to METALWORK and CARPENTRY AND JOINERY for general information
regarding metalwork and woodwork items including quality and work practices,
materials etc.
To AS 1905.1 FIRE RATED DOORSETS
GUARANTEES
Guarantee Required
All doors must be branded by stamping or burning external exposed edges of top
and bottom rails with an indented stamp, bearing name of manufacturer and a
guarantee of manufacturer that door is in accordance to specification and is
guaranteed against warp.

Approval SHOP DRAWINGS: Refer to PRELIMINARIES.

Provide for aluminium framed windows and doors.
HIGH WIND AREAS
Windows and doors to be of design suitable for particular site conditions and
designated wind terrain category.
SAMPLES
- Provide nominal 300mm x 300mm sample of each type of door specified
showing seals, edge strips and door protection as applicable.
- Provide nominal 300mm length of each type of framing and sill members in the
nominated material and finish.
- Sample of glazing materials.
- Sample of visual indicators.
- Provide nominal 300mm x 300mm sample of each type of overhead door.
- Provide nominal 300mm length sample of each type of overhead door track/
guide.
- Provide one sample of each door and window hardware type in the nominated
material and finish.
SCHEDULES
- Provide Door/ Window Schedule specifying compliance with the required
thermal performance per Basix/ Section J.
- Provide Door and Window Hardware Schedule.

7.2 Door Frames

GENERAL
All door frames to have a 100% acrylic paint, full gloss finish.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 76

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

STEEL DOOR FRAMES (NEW CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE)

Unless otherwise shown on the drawings provide steel door frames.
- Continuously welded, min 18 gauge hot dipped zinc coated steel with internal
architrave and 3 hinges finished flushed with internal wall
- grind the welds smooth, cold galvanize the welded joints and shop prime the
whole before delivery
- build frames as work proceeds and secure in opening with minimum 5 frame
ties per jamb
- pack hollow jambs and head with cement mortar
- use galvanised rod ties for building into masonry
- use galvanised brackets clipped to frame stiles for fixing to stud frame
Non- fire-rated door frames:
- provide rebated jambs and head
- in stud walls profile frame to incorporate integral architraves on both sides of
wall.
Fire-rated doorsets:
Certificate Required
- supply and install approved fire-rated doorset assembly doors and frames to
comply with BCA requirements
- provide double rebated stiles and head of dimensions to suit fire doors.

To AS 2796.1 TIMBER DOOR FRAMES (MAINTENANCE ONLY)

AS 4785.1 Hardwood: Select Grade.
Softwood: Select Grade
Bare faced tenons on jambs. Full let-in jambs
General: Do not use Medium Density Fibreboard (MDF) for door jambs
External door openings: out of 50mm thick solid rebated stock
Internal door opening: out of 38mm thick with planted stop (hinged doors)
generally and out of 38mm thick solid rebated stock for wet areas such as
bathrooms, shower rooms, WC, laundry and kitchen
Installation:
Trim: provide timber architraves internally to match frames and jamb linings and
other trim moulds as shown
Opening linings: Where opening has no door, finish reveals with linings out of
25mm timber, and back mould
Internal sliding door frames: Unless detailed otherwise:
- provide frame out of 32mm thick, one side with architraves and the other with
wide lining and back mould
- provide pelmet to conceal sliding track and carriages
Accessories
Face mounted: Provide overhead track supports and head and jamb linings
appropriate to the arrangement of the door, and removable pelmets at the head to
allow access to the wheel carriages for adjustment
Wheel carriages: Fully adjustable precision ball race type providing smooth, quiet
operation

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 77

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

7.3 Doors
GENERAL
- To current Australian Standards
- Do not use imported rainforest timber veneers
- Warranty: Minimum 5 years written warranty
EXTERNAL DOORS

Glazed Entry Common Lobbies:

Aluminium framed, commercial grade glazed door sets and frame.
Glazed Entry Common Lobbies (SEPP HSPD and Blocks of units):
Aluminium framed, commercial grade glazed door sets and frame.
Aluminium framed, commercial grade, side lights (if applicable). Finish
Powdercoated Aluminium (see METALWORK: Finishes)
Standard Front Entry Door
- Standard 920mm leaf for min 850mm clearance, 40mm thick flush type solid
core particleboard or blockboard cored (Type B bonded plywood/ hardwood
face).
- Door closer where nominated
- Fire rated security viewer to all front entry doors
- 1 doorstop fixed to door/wall or floor
- Smoke seal where required
- 100% acrylic paint, semi-gloss finish
Fire rated front door:
- 45mm thick -/60/30 FRL rated flush type, (Type D bonded plywood/ hardwood
face). Fire rated doors to comply with BCA requirements.
- Door closer with appropriate FRL
- 100% acrylic paint, semi-gloss finish
- 1 doorstop fixed to door/wall or floor
Rear entry, external laundry and/ or WC door:
- min 920mm leaf, 40mm solid core faced with waterproof hardboard
- Stormproof door seal
- Stormproof door seal
- 100% acrylic paint, full gloss finish
- lever handle and door stop
Under Floor Access Door
- min 600mm leaf, galvanised steel, door and frame paint finish
INTERNAL DOORS

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 78

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

Internal Door Generally:

- min 920mm door leaf, semi solid core for min 850mm clearance/ painted
- 35mm thick flush lightweight solid block-board pine core door, solid
particleboard, MDF core to current Australian Standards
- type B bonded plywood/hardboard face
- 100% acrylic paint, full gloss finish.
- lever handle and door stop
Common Room Internal Doors:
- min 920mm door leaf, semi solid core for min 850mm clearance/ painted
- 40mm lightweight solid core pine door with plywood face
- 100% acrylic paint, full gloss finish.
- lever handle and door stop
Wet areas Internal Door:
- min 920mm door leaf, 40mm lightweight solid core faced with waterproof
hardboard
- 100% acrylic paint, full gloss finish
- lever handle and door stop
Linen Cupboard Door (Built-in):
- semi solid core to suit width of cupboard
- 100% acrylic paint, full gloss finish
- ‘D’ handle
Broom Cupboard Door (Built-in):
- semi solid core to suit width of cupboard
- 100% acrylic paint, full gloss finish
- ‘D’ handle
Tolerance:
Doors to comply with the following:
- Squareness: The difference between the lengths of diagonals of a door: ≤ 3 mm.
- Twist: The difference between perpendicular measurements taken from
diagonal corners: ≤ 3 mm.
- Nominal size (mm):
To AS 3959 * Height: +0, -2.
* Width: +0, -2.
Bushfire screens and seals
Protection: Protect glazed windows and doors from the ingress of embers.
Installation:
- provide 3mm maximum clearance between door leaf and frame
- hang doors with loose pin electro galvanised steel but hinges:
* three (3) 100 x 75mm x 2.5mm thick for external doors
* three (3) 85 x 60mm x 2.5mm for internal doors.
FACING
Doors are to be faced with pre-primed hardboard or type B bonded plywood and
facing is to be the same on both sides of the door.
Do not use imported rainforest timber veneers

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 79

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

FRAMED DOORS
Construct framed doors as shown on drawings if required
WEATHER MOULD
Provide to all external inward opening doors. Make joint between door and mould
with non-hardening waterproof putty, and fix in position with four 45 x 3mm
minimum diameter countersunk head screws. Where doors are hung over
concrete floors adjust height of mould to provide maximum 5mm clearance from
floor
SLIDING DOOR UNITS
Where shown on drawings provide sliding door units to detail and install to
manufactures instructions
To AS 1905.1 FIRE RATED DOORS
Internal materials: Inert mineral materials containing no asbestos products.
Framing: Increase the width of door leaf members or provide additional members
to accommodate hardware and grooves so that items of furniture are contained
within framing members and do not encroach on the core materials
Frames: Steel
Timber facings: Timber face veneers and edge strips
Metal facings: Flush faces and edges pressed from metal sheet, welded at joints
Identification: Doors and door frames must be identified and tagged. Fire
doorsets must be fitted with identification plates in accordance with AS 1905.1
verifying compliance of manufacture and stating fire-resistance rating.
Identification plates must be installed and positioned such that they are concealed
when the door is close and clearly visible when the door is open
Installation: Standard
SEALING
Seal top and bottom of doors after fitting and before hanging with:
- two (2) coats of paint
- keep all traces of such sealing off faces of doors

7.4 Aluminium Doorsets

GENERAL
Proprietary doorset system comprising of a commercial grade aluminium framed
glazed door or doors, hung to or otherwise supported by a fixed aluminium
doorframe, inclusive of the necessary hardware and accessories
To AS 2047 INSTALLATION
In accordance with the system fabrication details issued by the system
manufacturer
DOORS
Where required to be sliding, install on a recessed floor track system, flush with
internal floor finish together with guides, heavy-duty rollers, seals and brush
sweeps
Thresholds:
Where tiled threshold is not detailed or specified, provide aluminium door threshold

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 80

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

7.5 Windows
To AS 1288 GENERAL
AS 2047 Glass
AS 4055 Selection and installation: To AS 1288.
Windows including louvres
Selection and installation: To AS 2047
Provide proprietary window and sliding door sets inclusive of the necessary
hardware and accessories
Certificate Required External glazing systems
Energy ratings:
Refer to drawings for required energy ratings for window performance. Provide
certificate from window manufacturer showing compliance with required ratings
Weatherproofing
Flashings and weatherings: Install flashings, weather bars, drips, storm moulds,
caulking and pointing so that water is prevented from penetrating the building
between frames and the building structure under prevailing service conditions,
including normal structural movement of the building
Fixing
Packing: Pack behind fixing points with durable full width packing.
Prepared masonry openings: If fixing of timber windows to prepared anchorages is
by fastening from the frame face, conceal the fasteners by sinking the heads
below the surface and filling the sinking flush with a material compatible with the
surface finish
Trim
General: Provide mouldings, architraves, reveal linings, and other internal trim
using materials and finishes matching the window frames. Install to make neat and
clean junctions between frames and the adjoining building surfaces
WINDOW REQUIREMENT
- Window and Door Locks: Refer to Locks and Latches
- Window & door assemblies manufactured to comply with current Australian
Standards and to carry testing authorities endorsement mark.
- All window types & sliding doors tested to AS 2047 for deflection
(positive/negative), air infiltration, water penetration, operating force and proof
tests by NATA approved laboratory
- Window tests to qualify min. 700 Pa
- Each window/door branded in an upper channel/stile with a permanent label
indicating NATA Testing Certification, structural and water performance, and
manufacturers name e.g. AWA labelling scheme
- Installed to current Australian Standards and to manufacturers written
specification
- Doors toughened/laminated glass to current Australian Standards.
- Glass type and thickness to current Australian Standards except lower edge of
all glass in windows within 500mm from floor to be only ‘A’ safety grade
laminated or toughened glass in accordance with current Australian Standards.
- Issue window shop drawings with NATA testing authorities endorsement mark
to the Principal’s Authorised Person if manufacturers do not qualify for AWA
labelling scheme.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 81

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

Powdercoated finish: Refer to METALWORK - Metalwork Finishes. Frame to suit

required glazing built-up, minimum width of 70mm
- Achieve required WERS star rating for aggregate solar heat gain for building
type and climate
Flyscreen mesh:
- All flyscreen mesh to include AWA safety warning message stating that the
“Screen will not stop children falling out of windows.”
- Powder coated aluminium woven mesh (standard areas - wire diameter min
0.23mm woven aluminium)
- Powdercoated stainless steel (316 marine grade woven mesh for coastal and
bushfire areas min wire diameter 0.18mm woven stainless steel)
- Mosquito proof with average aperture of 1.5mm x 1.5mm
- Wire diameter min 0.23mm woven aluminium or min 0.18mm woven stainless
steel
- Ground Floor to include aluminium heavy duty grille (min 7.0mm sectional
thickness) pop riveted into screen frame
- Ground Floor hinged fixed with quick release lock for escape
- Flyscreen with aluminium grille (only when directed)
- As per Flyscreen Mesh Above
- Ground Floor and all accessible windows to include Aluminium Heavy Duty grille
(Min 7.0mm sectional thickness) pop riveted into screen frame with quick
release (install only as directed to AS5039)
- Complies AS5039 for Class 1 Type B Screens
- First floor and above secured to prevent unintentional openings
WARRANTY: Minimum 7 year written warranty to cover all materials, structural
integrity and defects subject to installation to manufacturers written specification
and regular maintenance program to relevant current Australian Standards
To AS 2047 WINDOW INSTALLATION
In accordance with the system fabrication details issued by the system
manufacturer.
Refer to architectural drawings for specific requirements.

7.6 Fixtures and Fittings

GENERAL
- Number and location as shown on drawings and/or scheduled
- install to manufacturer’s instructions
- spindle height for locks and latches to be 1000mm above floor, unless otherwise
identified
- Door and window hardware must be installed at the correct height in accordance
with AS 1428.1
To AS 4145.2 DOOR LOCKS & LATCHES

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 82

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

LOCKS & LATCHES SCHEDULE

- Provide locks and latches. Refer to drawings and schedules for item, number,
selection and location of locks and latches.
- If selection of lock or latch is included in the Contract but location is not shown
on drawings refer to Principal’s Authorised Person for approval.
- In the event that lock or latch selection is not included in the Contract select
lock/s or latch/es to meet the specification and Land and Housing Corporation
Deemed to Comply Product Register.
- In the event that lock or latch selection is not included in the Contract and there
is no specification for the lock or latch or the lock or latch is not included in the
Land and Housing Corporation Deemed to Comply Product Register
recommend selection meeting relevant standards and obtain Principal’s
Authorised Person’s approval.
- Install to manufacturer’s requirements.

ITEM REQUIREMENT
Front and rear entry doors 1 deadlock & entrance lever set
Front entry doors to Door closer for fire rated doors
buildings

Internal Doors 1 Lever passage latchset.

Privacy locksets to bathroom/WC

Aluminium sliding Deadlock

Porch/Balcony doors

Common area entrance Deadlatch

doors Door closer

Common room doors Deadlatch

Door closer

Heavy duty screen doors Deadlock and lever

Electric meter cabinet Nightlatch and lever to authority requirements

Electric meter cupboard Nightlatch and “D” handle

Store room and toilets Nightlatch and lever

Stormproof door seals To each external hinged door

Door stops For each hinged door

Security viewer 1 on front entry door

Keyed window locks (key 1 per openable window factory fitted at the bottom of
alike for each dwelling) windows to allow window to be locked in fully closed position.

DOOR LOCKS & LATCHES REQUIREMENT

General
- To current Australian Standards
- Quality management to current Australian Standards
- For fire resistant door sets doors, lock sets must form part of an approved tested
doorset assembly

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 83

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

- Door locks to be a minimum 5 pin cylinder

- Door lock finish: satin chrome / chrome plated/stainless steel
- Keyed alike
- To all aluminium sliding doors supply and insert aluminium blocks into the upper
track of door in closed position leaving clearance for door to slide
Front and rear entry doors
cottages, villas & townhouses:
- double cylinder automatic lever handle dead-latch, and a lever latch set
- Coloured lock alert function on deadlatch
- Keyless opening from inside unless intentionally dead locked
- Automatic release of dead latch when opened with a key from outside
apartments 2 storeys and over (additional):
- must form part of an approved -/60/30 fire resistant doorset assembly
- double cylinder automatic lever handle dead-latch and a lever latch set
- Coloured lock alert function on deadlatch
- door closer (rack and pinion type)
Common area entrance doors
general & SEPP HSPD housing & community rooms:
- exterior escape dead latch (keyed lever latch from outside with quick release
from the inside)
- Coloured lock alert function on deadlatch
- door closer (cam operated)
Balcony/porch doors
aluminium sliding – general and SEPP HSPD housing:
- keyed double deadlocks
Internal doors
- Lever passage latchset. Privacy locksets to bathroom/WC
Heavy duty screen doors
- short backset mortice deadlock and lever
Storeroom & toilets
- nightlatch and ‘D’ handle (EA Master key system)
Electric meter cupboard
- nightlatch (fire rated) and ‘D’ handle (EA Master key system)
- Electric meter cabinet
WARRANTY:
Provide minimum 5 year warranty paint and tarnish, 10 year mechanical
To AS 4145.3 WINDOW LOCKSETS

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 84

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

WINDOW LOCKS REQUIREMENT

All OPENABLE WINDOWS MUST BE CAPABLE OF BEING LOCKED IN A
PARTIAL OPEN (safe ventilation) AND CLOSED POSITION
General and Liveable Housing
- Fit keyed window locks to all openable windows
- All windows must be capable of being locked in a closed position, and provide
safe ventilating locking points at 50mm and 100mm from closed position.
- For awning windows opening shall be restricted to 100mm.
- Do NOT install window locks to be installed on a consecutive code number basis
but for security purposes are to be installed on a random basis, with minimum
allowance for repetition of codings 1 per 100 dwellings
- Locks to be minimum 4 disc cylinder type keyed alike to 5 pin front door key.
- Fixings appropriate to window and door frame
- Independently tested for load bearing capacity to be able to hold window leaf or
sash in a closed and restricted position for 60 sec when a min of 350N applied
in the most unfavourable direction to the sash/leaf (test similar to EN14351-1
Windows and Doors - test for load bearing capacity of safety devices).
Window and Door Restrictors
- Window and door opening restrictor (capable of connection to all opening types)
opening at 100mm and also completely opened when restrictor is released
- Fixings appropriate to window and door frame
- If restrictor involves steel rope or steel chain must have a minimum breaking
strength of 3 KN
- Approved Child proof locking device or 4 disc cylinder key lockable restrictor—
keyed alike to 5 pin front door key
- Independently tested for load bearing capacity to be able to hold window leaf or
sash in a closed and restricted position for 60 sec when a min of 350N applied
in the most unfavourable direction to the sash/leaf (test similar to EN14351-1
Windows and Doors - test for load bearing capacity of safety devices)
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 2 year written warranty
Approval KEYED ALIKE LOCKS:
Provide a separate keyed alike system for:
- all external dwelling/unit entry doors
- windows, sliding doors, flyscreen doors and letterbox doors
- each unit is to be keyed differently to all other units on the site
- confirm requirements with the Principal’s Authorised Person before placing
orders
INTERCOM & ACCESS CONTROL
Where shown on drawings, provide:
- Vandal resistant intercoms, except for Senior and General Housing
- Min 2mm stainless steel front with toughened min 4mm polycarbonate surround
- Impact resistant and fixed with anti-vandal fixings
- Front plate to allow a min of six buttons with audio, modular set up to allow more
front plates to suit building configuration

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 85

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

- Space for shatterproof camera shielded by min 4mm clear polycarbonate

- Stainless steel buttons, tamperproof and shaped to prevent foreign bodies being
inserted underneath
- Linked to door release switch in units and internal intercom door release system.
- Steel reinforced recessed entry panel with buttons flush to outer surface and
anti-removal device. Must operate independently and not be reliant on other
communication devices
For Senior Housing:
- Door to stairway lobbies must not be lockable
- Each individual door must have door alarm bell
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 1 year written warranty
To AS 5039 HEAVY DUTY SCREEN DOORS AND WINDOW GRILLES
To AS 5040 Where indicated on the drawings provide:
Heavy duty screen doors:
Heavy duty screen door grilles installation:
To all ground, first and second floor of all external hinged and sliding doors including
dwelling/unit entries where permitted by building regulations (in lieu of insect screen
doors).
- Powdercoated aluminium frame - refer to METALWORK - Metalwork Finishes.
Colour to match windows.
- Provide door closers to all hinged screen doors.

FINISHES SCHEDULE
The following shall apply unless otherwise shown on the drawings:
Refer to drawings and schedules for selection and finishes.
Refer to METALWORK - Metalwork Finishes.

ITEM FINISH
Windows and sliding doors Aluminium - Powdercoat finish

Heavy duty screen doors Aluminium - Powder coat finish to match windows

Flyscreens Aluminium - Powder coat finish to match windows

Garage Doors Galvanised steel – colorbond

Window Awnings Galvanised steel – powder coat

Attenuating Screens Stainless steel mesh

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 86

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

HEAVY DUTY SCREEN DOORS REQUIREMENT

Provide Heavy Duty Screen Doors to front and rear entry doors to dwellings and
units:
Aluminium Door Framing
- Installation to current Australian Standards
- Min 69mm x 18mm x 1.2mm wall thickness extruded aluminium frame with
10mm wide x 13.5mm deep insert frame for grille
- Extruded PVC insert to bed heavy duty grille
- Joints to be mitred, staked and riveted
- Reinforcing corner stakes fixed to frames with SS 4mm diameter x 9.5mm rivets
(min 4 per corner)
- Door to be permanently branded on top rail with name of manufacturer
Tested to AS5039 for Dynamic impact, Jemmy, Pull, Probe and Shear
Aluminium Heavy duty Grille
- To current Australian Standards for Type 1 doors
- Min 7.0mm sectional thickness
- Grill secured to door by pop rivets (adequate pop rivets to satisfy AS 5039 tests)
Where indicated on drawings provide:
Aluminium Door Framing & Heavy duty Grille Finish
Standard Exposure Conditions
- Clear anodised to current Australian Standards (20 microns thick for all regions)
OR
- Thermoset powder coatings to current Australian Standards (50 microns thick)
Severe Coastal or Industrial Exposure Conditions
- Thermoset powder coatings to current Australian Standards (80 microns thick)
Screen Mesh
- Powder coated aluminium woven mesh (standard conditions)
- Powder coated stainless steel (316 marine grade) woven mesh for coastal and
bushfire areas.
- Mosquito proof mesh— with average aperture 1.5mm x 1.5mm
- Wire diameter—min 0.23 woven aluminium and min 0.18mm woven stainless
steel
- Secured to door to prevent easy removal
Hardware
- Three 75 x 30 mm hinges to current Australian Standards fixed with pop rivets
- Locks, refer DOORWAYS “locks & latches” (non fire-rated heavy duty screen
door)
- Fully adjustable dampened type door closer
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 10 year written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 87

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

FLYSCREEN
To all windows and doors not fitted with security screens or heavy duty flyscreens.
0.25mm yarn thickness and max 1.2mm aperture mesh size.
Screens
Aluminium framed flyscreens: Provide aluminium extruded or folded box frame
sections with mesh fixing channel, mitred, staked and screwed at corners. Provide
an extended frame section where necessary to adapt to window opening gear.
Mesh: Bead the mesh into the frame channel with a continuous resilient gasket, so
that the mesh is taut and without distortion.
Fixed screens: Provide fixed screens to the window frames with a clipping device
which permits removal for cleaning.
Hinged screens: Hinge at the top to give access to opening sash.
Sliding screens: Provide a matching aluminium head guide, sill runner, and frame
stile sections for screens not part of the window frame.
Hardware: Nylon slide runners and finger pull handle. Provide pile strip closers
against sash where necessary to close gaps.
* Anodised aluminium frame colour to match windows
SECURITY VIEWER
- Fire rated one way inside angle optical lens viewing greater than 1600 housed
in a CP on brass adjustable body to suit door thickness
- mount on centre line of door 1440mm high from floor.

DOOR CLOSERS
Provide:
- to Fire Resistant door sets a closer with appropriate FRL
- to entry doors
AS1530.7 STORMPROOF DOOR SEAL or SMOKE SEAL
Provide to entry doors:
- Storm seal fixed to base of door leaf
- Smoke seals fixed to door frame or base of door leaf as appropriate
- Seals to be independently tested with proprietary fire doors and solid core doors
- Tested in accordance with AS 1530.7 and capable of limiting smoke to 200ºC
for 30 minutes
- Independently tested to demonstrate that the product does not suffer from
significant wear and tear for up to and exceeding 10,000 open and close cycles
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 2 year warranty
DOOR STOPS
Provide wall mounted door stops for each hinged door comprising:
- a screw fixed based plate of nylon, cast brass or diecast material and a close
wound spiral wire with plastic tip
- total length approximately 75mm
- screw fix to wall 30mm from floor

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 88

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

To AS/NZS 4505 GARAGE DOORS

Provide where shown on the drawings garage doors:
Roller Doors (Domestic) Single and double doors
- Design to current Australian Standards for wind loading
- Tested to qualify to min. 1500 cycles of operation per year (where one cycle =
closed to open to closed position)
- Withstand min. dynamic pressure of 550N/m 2 applied externally/internally
normal to door
- Rolled-T / box section / single or double angled bottom rail, steel or aluminium
channel guides, interlocking slatted curtain
- Counterbalance roller deflection not to exceed 0.3% of span
- Galvanised/prime painted/polyurethane/colorbond finish to all metal
components
- Branded with manufacturers name
Panel Lift Door (Domestic) Single doors only up to 2400mm wide
- Design to current Australian Standards for wind loading
- Tested to qualify to min. 1500 cycles of operation per year (where one cycle =
closed to open to closed position)
- Withstand min. dynamic pressure of 550N/m 2 applied externally/internally
normal to door
- Galvanised/prime painted/polyurethane/colorbond finish to all metal
components
- Branded with manufacturers name.
Provide Remote Control Operation for Garage Doors for SEPP HSPD projects,
liveable housing units and housing for the accessible units.
Garage door clear opening height to comply with AS 1428.1
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 7 year written warranty
WINDOW AWNINGS REQUIREMENT
Provide where shown on drawings to protect windows and door openings from sun
and rain:
- Able to be fixed securely to wall
- Provides effective shading
- Sheds water away from window/door
- Made of non-combustible material
- Achieves and certified to AS1350.4 Fire Attenuation Test
- Achieve required window star rating for aggregate solar heat gain
Provide where shown on drawings to protect windows from radiant heat:
Radiant Heat Attenuating Screens
- Manufactured from stainless steel mesh
- Wire diameter for screen not less than 0.8mm
- Weave characteristic
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 5 year written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 89

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DOORS, WINDOWS AND HARDWARE

7.7 Window Coverings

GENERAL
Provide window coverings to external windows or internal glazed screens where
shown on the Design Drawings or as scheduled
Fabrics used for window coverings to comply with the following standards:
- Uncoated woven and knitted fabrics: AS 2663.1
- Coated woven and knitted fabrics: AS 2663.2
Performance classification of fabrics to be minimum Class 2
Do not use window covering materials that when subject to fire conditions, will emit
excessive smoke or toxic fumes.
Samples
- Provide sample of blind material
- Provide nominal 300mm x 300mm sample of each type of fabric.
- Provide nominal 300mm length sample of track mechanism/ support rods.
- One of each type of visible fixing and accessory
Fabric roller blinds
- Roller blind fabric to be anti-static, 100% natural, PVC free and formaldehyde
free, no halogens and non-oil based
- Fixing brackets to be heavy duty aluminium in powdercoat finish unless
nominated otherwise in the drawings/ schedule.
- Edges of fabric blinds to have minimal gap as possible to eliminate light passing
in between
- Operation:
* Manual chain operation
* If motorised, system to have manual override in case of power failure
Installation
Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations
- Install tracks using manufacturer’s standard mounting brackets, clips, track
splicing and other necessary hardware
- Install window coverings to hang level, plumb, and true to line
- Fixings to be concealed and suitable for mounting tracks to the substrate
- Make necessary adjustments to ensure smooth operation free from binding, and
to provide an even, accurate alignment of the window covering in both open and
closed positions
- Control cords and chains must be installed to comply with the ACCC
Competition and Consumer (Corded Internal Window Coverings) Safety
Standard
- Provide child safety devices on all control cords and chains

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 90

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ROOFING

08: Roofing and Roof Plumbing

8.1 General
ROOF CLADDING

To AS/NZS 1170.2 TERRAIN CATEGORY

In designated cyclonic areas carry out roof fixing in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions for cyclonic conditions

8.2 Quality and Work Practices

SAMPLES
- Provide 3 roof tile samples in specified material and colour.
- Provide nominal 300mm x 300mm sample of each type of sheet roofing in
nominated material, finish and colour.
- Provide nominal 300mm x 300mm sample of all glass types.
- Provide nominal 300mm length sample of flashings and capping.
- Provide sample of each type of trim and accessory in specified colour.
- Provide nominal 300mm length sample of each type of gutter, gutter guard, and
downpipe in nominated material, finish and colour.
- Provide sample of guttering and downpipe junction (i.e. sumps, rainwater
heads, and overflows as applicable).
- Provide sample of gutter and downpipe support systems and fixings.
TESTING
Arrange for testing by an accredited testing agency or provide certification to verify
compliance with the requirements of the specification.
Testing to include:
- Movement testing.
- Load testing.
- Deflection testing.
- Wind loads.
- Thermal movement.
- Moisture movement.
- Thermal performance.
- Solar performance.
- Air permeability.
- Condensation.
- Capillarity.
- Weather and water resistance.
- Acoustic.
- Fire.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 91

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ROOFING

To AS 1562.1 Roofing Material Testing

To AS 1562.3 - Metal roof sheeting tests.
To AS 4046 - Plastic roof sheeting tests.
- Roof tile tests.
To AS/NZS 3500.3 Roof Plumbing Testing
To AS/NZS 2179.1 - Roof drainage tests.
To AS/NZS 3500.3 - Metal rainwater goods tests.
To AS/NZS 4347 - PVC-U rainwater goods and accessories tests.
Series - Flashings and cappings tests.
GUARANTEES
Refer to PRELIMINARIES - Materials and Workmanship.
CUT TILES
Adjust to allow for full tiles between gutter and main or longest ridge. Cut tiles will
not be accepted.
COMMON WALLS BETWEEN UNITS
Finish tile battens 38mm clear of masonry common wall where extended to
underside of roofing and provide 25 x 1.2mm thick galvanised hoop strap lapping
120mm on each side of battens.
VERMIN-SEALING AND BIRD-PROOFING
All roofs and eaves are to be made secure against the entry of birds and vermin.
To AS 1562.1 METAL SEPARATION
Prevent direct contact between incompatible metals. The following Systems are
compatible and will prevent galvanic corrosion (do not mix the Systems):

System 1: System 2:

Drainage flow from higher to a Drainage flow from higher to a lower

lower surface: surface:

Flashing Flashing
Colorbond/Zincalume, Zinc, Alum, *Lead, Galvanised steel
Alcor, Galvanised Steel

Roofing Roofing
Colorbond/Zincalume, Tiles, Glass Galvanised steel, Unglazed tiles

Guttering and downpipes Guttering and downpipes

Colorbond/Zincalume Galvanised steel

* Whist drainage between lead and galvanised steel is acceptable, direct

material contact should be avoided.
CLEANING OFF
Completely remove exuded sealant from face of surfaces to be painted by neatly
cutting off at joints. Do not wipe or smear sealant over any surfaces required to be
painted.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 92

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ROOFING

8.3 Sarking, Insulation and Vapour Barrier

GENERAL
Ceiling Insulation – Refer to Internal Linings
To AS/NZS 4200.1 SARKING
To AS/NZS 4200.2 Manufactured in accordance with AS 4200.1 and installed to AS4200.2
AS/NZS 4859.1 Provides required Thermal Performance in accordance with AS4859 and ICANZ
Vapour Barrier—rated Medium to High (<2 ng/Ns)
To AS/NZS 4200 Water Barrier—rated high AS4200 or better than 0.5 MNs/g
To AS/NZS 4040.4 Fall Arrest to meet AS4040.4
High tear resistance (Machine direction and Lateral direction greater than 850N
WARRANTY: Minimum 7 year written warranty
To AS 1530.2 Tiled roofs:
To AS/NZS 4200.2 - Low flammability and Heat Factor of 5 or less AS 1530.2
- High Tensile Strength greater than 18 kN/M in both directions
- UL2218-1998 (impact resistance)pass
- Provide sarking to the whole roof
- Lay at 90o to run of rafters with 150mm side lap, turn down 40mm into gutter
and secure to rafters with roof battens
- Keep sarking 38mm clear of ridges to permit ventilation
Anti-ponding boards: Refer to CARPENTRY AND JOINERY: Trims.
Metal Decked Roofs:
To AS/NZS1530.3 When bulk insulation is laminated directly to sarking membrane the composite
product must achieve a fire hazard rating (AS 1530.3) of
- Ignitability Index 0
- Spread of Flame 0
- Heat Evolved 0
- Smoke Developed 0-1
- Tensile Strength > 12kN/M in both directions
NOTE
Foil Laminates and Bubble Foil cannot be laid on top of the ceiling to cover joists,
rafters and any services. Can only be installed as sarking on top of the roof
trusses underneath the roofing
Sarking is installed in the roof with roofing wire underneath to ensure that sarking
remains in place
Check appropriate separation is maintained between electrical services and
installed Foil Laminates and Bubble Foil Sarking in roofs and external walls
To AS 2423 SOUND INSULATION AND VAPOUR BARRIER
Sheet roofing: cover whole of roof with 45 x 1mm galvanised wire netting,
stretched taut and stapled to top face of battens. Lay over netting 50mm thick
mineral wool insulation in long lengths from rolls with fire-retardant reflective foil
adhered to lower face. Close butt all joints. Seal laps and penetrations to form a
continuous air tight seal and seal to the walls

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 93

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ROOFING

8.4 Tile Roofing

To AS 2049 GENERAL
CONCRETE TILES
Interlocking concrete roofing tiles with single or double underchecks.
TERRACOTTA TILES
All tiles must bear the impressed name or registered trade- mark of the
manufacturer.
To AS 1684 TILE BATTENS
SIZES
Rafters up to 600mm centres

Depth Width
softwood F4 min. 38mm 38mm
hardwood F8 min. 25mm 38mm

To AS 2050 TILE FIXING

Install roof tiles to manufacturer’s written recommendation for the particular
situation:
- lay tiles in straight horizontal rows having side joints staggered with adjoining
rows
- provide 75mm minimum end laps to single and double checked tiles
Bedding and pointing: bed and point accessories in coloured mortar to match the
accessories
Pointed verge: bed and point over proprietary zincalume flashing and fibre
cement bedding strip
Dry verge: lay tiles into preformed proprietary colorbond flashing strip to tile
manufacturer’s details
ADDITIONAL TILES
Provide tiles for future breakages on the basis of 1 tile per 10m2 of roofing and
store where directed by Principal’s Authorised Person.
WARRANTY FOR ROOF TILES
Provide minimum 25year written warranty for roof tiles.

8.5 Sheet Roofing

GENERAL
Design and installation to current Australian Standards and manufacturer’s written
Specification.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 94

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ROOFING

To AS 1562.1 METAL ROOFING

Preformed sheet and purpose-made accessories (including fascias, ridge and
barge cappings) forming part of an approved proprietary metal roofing system.
Corrosion protection: To BCA Table [Link].a. (Volume 2)
- Zincalume ® - min. AZ150 coating or Colorbond ® steel roofing - min. base
thickness 0.48mm (for standard conditions and straight roof lines)
Battens:
- Steel battens. Compatible with approved proprietary metal roofing system. Size
and spacing as per manufacturer’s specifications.
- 75 x 38mm hardwood at centres as recommended by the roof sheeting
manufacturer.
To AS 1562.1 Installation: to the manufacturer’s printed instructions
- fixing should cater for extreme weather conditions
- troughs of corrugations or ribbed profiles must not be pierced or drilled for fixing
- where factory-prefinished colour coating is specified exposed fixings are to be
of matching colour
- roof sheets to project 50mm into gutter.
- Profile rib closers at end and top of roof sheeting, and turn up pans.
WARRANTY FOR METAL ROOFING
Provide minimum 15year written warranty for metal roofing.
GLAZED ROOFING
To AS 1288. Glass selection and installation
Certification: Required.
PLASTIC SHEET ROOFING
To AS 4256.2. Un-plasticised polyvinyl chloride (PVC-u) sheet
AS 4256.3. Glass fibre reinforced polyester (GRP) sheet
AS 4256.5.
Polycarbonate
WARRANTY FOR PLASTIC SHEET ROOFING
Provide minimum 5year written warranty.

8.6 Roof Lights / Skylights

To AS 4285 GENERAL
Provide roof lights / skylights where shown on drawings:
- provide a proprietary roof lighting system including framing, fixing, trim
accessories and flashings
- fix in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
- Colour to match roof colour
To AS 3959 In bushfire prone areas provide roof lights / skylights to comply with AS 3959

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 95

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ROOFING

SKYLIGHTS TUBULAR REQUIREMENT

To AS 4285 - As AS 4285 and achieve a test report certifying assembly can withstand wind
forces to AS 4055 and resist impact to AS 4256
- Roof Flashings an integral part of skylight to AS 2904
- Certification of greater than 95% specular reflectance from shaft
- Min. 250mm internal diameter
- Achieve a WERS rating better than 5 star for heat and cooling transfer
- Diffuser to reduce glare and to throw light over a broad area
- Internal fire damper with FRL60/60/60 when directed for buildings in Bushfire
areas or where required to achieve a 60 min fire rating
- Complete with necessary framing, fixing, brackets, trims, flashings & ceiling
diffusers
- Indelible marking with manufacturer’s name/ trademark
WARRANTY: Minimum 7 year written warranty.

8.7 Roof Plumbing

GENERAL
To AS/NZS 2179.1, Designed to meet the Plumbing Code
AS/NZS 3500.3. Installation to current Australian Standards, Plumbing Code and manufacturer’s
specification.
Ensure that cleaning of masonry has been carried out prior to installation of roof
cladding, fascias and guttering.
Provide gutters, capping, outlets, downpipes, flashings and other accessories
necessary to complete the roofing system and:
- provide continuous length guttering where possible
- do not join gutters less than 3m in length along the same wall
- gutters to have a minimum fall of 1:200 to outlets
- design gutters to allow for overflow
- provide gutter brackets at 1200mm maximum spacing
- valleys to be 450mm minimum wide
- downpipes to be a minimum 100mm x 50mm or 75mm round Downpipes
0.5mm BMT (G300) or 0.42 BMT (G550) gauge Zincalume factory pre-painted
in Colorbond colours. Prefabricate downpipes to the required section and shape
where possible. Connect heads to gutter outlets
- and, if applicable, connect feet to rainwater drains. Provide a removable
watertight access cover at the foot of each downpipe stack. Provide supports
and fixings for downpipes. Mitre at bend near gutter and have straight vertical
connection to ground.
- 115mm Zincalume Quad gutter or half round gutter 0.5mm BMT (G300) or
0.42mm BMT (G550) gauge factory pre-painted in Colorbond colours
- Fascia system 185 mm compatible with 115 Quad or half round gutters 0.5 mm
BMT (G300) or 0.42 BMT (G550) Zincalume factory pre-painted in Colorbond
colours
WARRANTY FOR GUTTERS DOWNPIPES AND FASCIAS
Provide minimum 20 year written warranty.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 96

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ROOFING

OVERSTRAPS
Overstrap all gutters with 25 x 1.6mm thick metal overstrap compatible with the
guttering, bolt fix to each alternate gutter bracket, extend under roof covering and
fix to rafter with galvanised nails.
CHARGED DOWNPIPES
Provide PVC pipes and fittings where required for charged downpipes. Paint finish.
FLASHINGS
To AS/NZS 2904 Refer to 8.2 METAL SEPERATION table
Tiled roofs: Soft Zinc flashings - System 1
20 kg/m2 lead flashings - System 2

To AS 4200.2 8.8 Ventilation of Roof Space

Provide adequate means of cross-ventilation, irrespective of the type of roof
construction or the type of covering used.
For low-pitched and flat roof construction, provide additional eaves ventilation to
create a free air-flow through the roof cavity. Timber blocking of rafters or purlins
should allow free air-flow through roof cavity
For hotter climates, use additional gable or roof vents to reduce heat and humidity
build-up in the roof space
For climates with cold winters, provide adjustable ventilators to reduce air-flow in
winter and therefore heat loss
Under Eave Vents
- White high tensile plastic
- Curved air inlet holes to restrict insect entry
- Polypropylene or equivalent durable plastic
- Minimum size 400 x 200 mm
WARRANTY: Minimum 1 year warranty
Slotted Eaves Lining
- 100mm x 10mm slots at 50mm spacing with stainless steel insect mesh lining
to internal face.
Ridge Line Roof Ventilators
Roof mounted heat exhaust vents
Proprietary roof mounted ventilators or smoke/heat ventilating systems
Finish: Match adjacent roofing
- Made from aluminium or heavy duty high strength polymer
- Lubricated steel bearings
- Reinforced hail resistant dome
- Withstand wind velocities in excess of 200 km/hr
- Withstand rain penetration
- Painted or manufactured in Colorbond colour to match roof colour, or clear
plastic dome
To AS 2427 - Fixed using corrosion resistant self-drilling screws or fasteners (appropriate to
AS 2665. environment) and finished to match roofing materials
- Flashed and fitted correctly above and through the roof with two part flashings
WARRANTY: Minimum 15 year warranty including bearings

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 97

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ROOFING

8.9 Safety Anchors/Brackets

To AS/NZS 5532 For buildings of Class 2 under BCA, make structural provision for future installation
of safety anchors/brackets to meet SafeWork NSW requirements and Work Health
and Safety (WHS) Regulation 2011 including “Code of Practice, Safe Work on
Roofs - Part 2 - Residential" issued by NSW WorkCover.
Install to manufacturer's recommendations.
To AS 1657
Roof access walkways, catchers, platforms, ladders and guardrails
Provide compliant walkways and access to roof mounted services to AS 1657

8.10 Roof Finishes Schedule

The following shall apply unless otherwise shown on the drawings:
- Refer to drawings and schedules for selection and finish of roof element (item).
- In the event that roof element and/or finish selection is not included in the
Contract select roof element to meet the specification and Land and Housing
Corporation Deemed to Comply Product Register and obtain Principal’s
Authorised Person’s approval for the recommended finish.
- In the event that roof element and/or finish selection is not included in the
Contract and there is no specification for the roof element or the roof element is
not included in the Land and Housing Corporation Deemed to Comply Product
Register recommend selection and obtain Principal’s Authorised Person’s
approval, including approval of the finish.
- Install to manufacturer’s requirements.

ITEMS MATERIAL / REQUIREMENT

Roof cladding Refer to drawings

Roof valleys To match roof (where metal roofing is selected)

Roof flashing Colorbond for metal roofs. To match roof colour

Anti-ponding boards Fibre cement sheet

Fascias Metal - Colorbond

Refer to drawings

Barges Metal - Colorbond

Refer to drawings

Eaves/ soffits Fibre cement sheet/painted

Gutters Metal - Colorbond

Downpipes Metal - Colorbond

Charged downpipes PVC – Painted

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 98

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ROOFING

Leaf guards - Fitted to all gutters and valleys within 10m from tree canopies
above the gutter level.
(confirm with client)
Select to meet the following criteria:
- Provide where there are trees near the building and the tree
canopy is within 5m the edge of roof gutter
- For “Ogee” profile gutters fit perforated metal (zincalume or
aluminium) leaf guards.
- For all other gutter profiles fit metal (stainless steel or
aluminium) mesh leaf screens. The mesh shall be fastened to
front lip of the gutter and secured to the roof (for tiled roof under
second row of tiles and for metal roof held down with clips to the
roof end).

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 99

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

INTERNAL LININGS

09: Internal Linings

9.1 General
EXTENT
Plasterboard linings: All framed ceilings, walls and direct adhesive fixing to
masonry walls except where otherwise specified and/or shown on drawings.
Fibre cement sheet linings: Wall linings in bathrooms, shower rooms, WCs,
laundries and other “wet areas” and ceiling linings in bathrooms and separate
laundries.
Wood based sheet/ board linings: Wall linings on suitable support framing to
masonry walls unless otherwise shown on the drawings.

9.2 Quality and Work Practices

To AS/NZS 2589 GENERAL
To manufacturer’s recommendations.
STABILISING OF FRAMING
Wait for a period of 14 days after roof covering has been fixed before fixing internal
linings.
PREPARATION
Check and fix all noggings, furring, trimmings; straighten and pack studs, joists.
JOINTS
Flush joints: Provide recessed edge and setting compound and finish flush with
perforated reinforcing tape
External corner joints: Make joints over zinc-coated steel corner beads.
Control joints: Install purpose-made zinc-coated control joint beads at not more
than 12 m centres and to coincide with structural movement joints.
Wet areas: Install additional supports, flashings, trim and sealants as required.
Joints in tiled areas: Do not apply a topping coat after bedding perforated paper
tape in bedding compound.
Butt Joints
Use maximum length sheets to minimise butt joints. Butt joints are permitted in
ceiling sheets only where sheet length exceeds 4800mm.
FLASHINGS
Ensure that all wet area flashings are installed before fixing wall linings.
SEALS
Form watertight seal between wall sheeting and bath/shower base flange with a
continuous bead of approved non-hardening silicon sealant.
MOVEMENT JOINTS
As recommended by manufacturer.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 100

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

INTERNAL LININGS

TOLERANCES
The installation must accommodate the required tolerances including differences
between actual site dimensions and dimensions shown on the Design Drawings.
Permitted deviations
Bearing surface of finished framing:
- Gypsum lining: To AS/NZS 2589.
To AS/NZS 2589 - Other linings: Nominal 4mm measured from a 1800mm length straightedge.

9.3 Materials
GENERAL
To AS 2588, 2589 Gypsum plasterboard:
Approval To approved manufacture branded, with recessed edges:
- Install to manufacturers specification and AS 2589
To AS/NZS 2908.2
- Min 13mm thick sheeting for walls
- Paper weight ≥220 gsm
- Density ≥1000kg/m³
- Tested to BCA requirements ‘Specification C1.8 Structural Tests for Lightweight
Construction’ and to achieve the following results:
* resistance to impact BCA test method 5(c) of ≤150mm
* resistance to indentation BCA test method 5(d) of ≤ 4.8mm
* Achieve fire rating
100% recyclable
Warranty: Minimum 10 year written warranty.
Masonry walls:
Glue fixed to masonry. 100% acrylic paint, semi- gloss finish. Kitchen to have anti
mould agent.
Stud framed walls:
Install timber battens or proprietary cold-formed galvanized steel furring channels,
if direct fixing of the sheeting is not possible due to the arrangement or alignment
of the framing or substrate.
Ceilings:
- Minimum 10mm thick for ceiling joists at 450 c/s and 13mm for 600c/s.
Fibre cement sheet:
Wet area lining:
- To approved manufacture branded. minimum 6mm thick with recessed edges
Do not use adhesive fixing alone
- fibre cement lining glue fixed to masonry
- fibre cement lining fixed to close spaced stud walls
Plywood sheet:
WBP grade plywood to comply with the following:
To AS/NZS 2270 - Interior use generally: To AS/NZS 2270
To AS/NZS 2271 - Interior use, exposed to moisture: To AS/NZS 2271

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 101

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

INTERNAL LININGS

Hardwood timber sheet:

To AS 2796.2 Select grade hardwood timber sheet.
Timber veneers:
To AS/NZS 2097 Decorative timber veneers with matching solid edge strips.
Crown cut and book matched, unless nominated otherwise.
Accessories:
Provide and install to manufacturer’s instructions the following:
- adhesives
- nail and clouts
- perforated angles
- jointing tape
- jointing cement
Edge Trim: Provide purpose made zinc coated steel corner beads, casing beads,
stop beads and the like.

9.4 Wall/Ceiling Trim

VENTS
Provide minimum of two (2) wall vents to wet areas (e.g. bathroom/ laundry) in
location show on drawings or as directed by Principal’s Authorised Person.
CEILING ACCESS HOLE (NON FIRE RATED)
Provision:
Trim for access hole 550 x 600mm minimum and fit with a framed cover sheet with
same material as ceiling. Opening must comply with requirements of any authority
having jurisdiction. Finish around opening with 50 x 20mm batten to support
access hole cover, so that cover is flush with ceiling.
Location:
Ceiling access panels are to be located as follows:
- Access from each individual unit to the roof space over
- To each First Floor and single storey unit located in the hall and stair halls as
required to gain access to the roof space
- Access to the sub floor plumbing in 2 storey dwellings from the lower floor
tenancy
- To each First Floor and single storey unit located in the hall and stair halls as
required to gain access to the roof space
CORNICES
- Shadow set edge or recessed edge plasterboard cornice or fibrous plaster, to all
lined ceilings
WALL/DOOR & WINDOW FRAME
- Finish plasterboard flush with window or door frame using purpose made metal
stopping angle to edge of plasterboard, fixed in accordance with manufacturers
details
- Where detailed on drawings, provide recessed stopping angle

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 102

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

INTERNAL LININGS

9.5 Sound Rated Walls/Ceilings

GENERAL
Construct sound rated ceilings, bulkheads and/or walls with sound insulation rating
to BCA requirements. Include in the Architectural Documentation the required
acoustic rating
Certificate Required CERTIFICATION
On completion of sound-rated ceilings and/or walls the Contractor is to certify that
materials and installation comply with tested systems that meet code requirements
for sound-rated systems

9.6 Fire Rated Ceilings/Walls

GENERAL
To AS 1530.4 Construct fire rated ceilings, bulkheads and/or walls to the required fire rating
requirements
- Where required by BCA, ceiling to have resistance to incipient spread of fire for
a minimum FRL of 60min and enable the ceiling system to achieve an FRL of
60/60/60
- Tested to AS 1530.4 WET AREA LINING
- Fibre cement sheeting - Type B Category 2 to AS 2908.2
To AS 2908.2 - Min 6mm thick
Warranty: Minimum 10 year written warranty
Certificate Required CERTIFICATION
On completion of fire-rated ceilings and/or walls the Contractor is to certify that
materials and installation comply with tested systems that meet code requirements
for fire-rated systems.
Provide manufacturer’s published and certified data to demonstrate fire
performance as follows:
To AS 5637.1 - Fire hazard properties: To BCA Spec C1.10 and AS 5637.1.
To AS 1530 - Fire resistance level: To AS 1530.

FIRE-RATED ACCESS HOLES

Minimum 450 x 600mm with recessed cover in accordance with the manufacturer’s
details for the approved system.
WIRING PENETRATIONS
As required by ceiling system.

9.7 Insulation
GENERAL
Provide wall and ceiling insulation as shown on the drawings
Architectural Documentation to indicate insulation requirements and NCC
compliance

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 103

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

INTERNAL LININGS

WALL INSULATION
Perforated foil:
- provide to all external brick veneer walls
- provide to all cavity faces of brick veneer studs
- provide to all external timber framed walls
- fix to manufacturer’s instructions
To AS 3999 Bulk insulation:
- provide to all external brick veneer walls
- provide to all external timber framed walls
- fix to manufacturer’s instructions
Cavity brick wall insulation
Refer to MASONRY ELEMENTS Insulation in wall cavities
Non-combustible cavity wall insulation
- Provide to external walls where shown on drawings
To AS/NZS 4859.1 CEILING INSULATION
AS 1530.1 - insulate all ceilings with bulk thermal insulation
- extend over plates and prevent spilling into cavities by use of edge boards. Trim
around ceiling vents, exhaust fans etc.
- fixing to manufacturer’s instructions
Acceptable insulation:
Glass fibre (batts)
Warranty Required Made of melted glass spun onto a mat of fine fibres
- Pre-cut to width of ceiling rafters
- Sound absorption properties – achieve Noise reduction co-efficient of 0.8 or
better
- Product to contain at least 70% recycled content (glass)
- To achieve a fire hazard rating (AS 1530.3) of
Ignitability Index 0
Spread of Flame 0
Heat Evolved 0
Smoke Developed 0–1
- Rated non-combustible on AS1530.1
- Indoor air quality - formaldehyde release less than 0.01 mg/m²/24 hours.
- Fibreglass batts thermal insulation shall comply with the Building Regulations
and relevant Standard (AS/NZs 4859.1), and shall consist of not less than 95%
the weight glass wool (inorganic oxides or minerals rock slag or glass) and
binders
Glass Fibre (Blankets)
Properties same as for Glass fibre batts above
Warranty Required - Blanket insulation with Sarking only to be installed with metal roofing and
installed in strict accordance with manufacturer’s specification (installed
between top of the trusses and metal roofing or between raked cathedral ceiling
and roofing
- Glass fibre blankets shall not be installed on top of the flat ceiling to cover
rafters, joists or services

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 104

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

INTERNAL LININGS

Rockwool (Batts)
Made from melted volcanic rock and recycled mineral slag spun into a mat of fine
fibres
To AS/NZS 4859.1 - Pre-cut to width of ceiling rafters
- To AS/NZS 4859.1: Materials for the thermal insulation of buildings
- Sound absorption properties – achieve a Noise reduction co-efficient of 0.8 or
better
- Product to contain at least 20% recycled content (mineral slag)
- To achieve a fire hazard rating (AS 1530.3) of
Ignitability Index 0
Spread of Flame 0
Heat Evolved 0
Smoke Developed 0–1
To AS 1530.1
- Rated non-combustible on AS 1530.1
- Low VOC emissions less than 0.01mg/m²/24 hours
- Rockwool batts thermal insulation shall comply with the Building Regulations
and relevant Standards (AS/NZS 4859.1), and shall consist of not less than 95%
the weight mineral wool (inorganic oxides or minerals, rock slag or glass) and
binders
Glass fibre, rockwool (blankets). Blankets shall be installed between the top of the
trusses and metal roofing only or between raked cathedral ceiling and roofing.
Note that cellulose fibre, polyester and wool batts are not approved for use.
Rockwool (Blankets)
Properties same at for Rockwool Batts above
Rockwool blankets cannot be installed on top of the flat ceiling to cover rafters,
joists or services
NOTES
Insulation shall be installed appropriately to avoid interference with electrical and
other services and appliance and do not compromise safety
Install Fire rated covers inside ceiling as required or ensure appropriate separation
Bulk insulation that does not achieve a Non Combustible rating as per AS 1530.1
To AS 1530.1 is not approved.
WARRANTY CEILING INSULATION: FOR THE LIFE OF THE DWELLING
ROOF INSULATION
Refer to ROOFING AND ROOF PLUMBING: Insulation, sarking and vapour
barrier.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 105

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

10: Plumbing and Sanitary Plumbing

Plumbing & Drainage
Code of Practice (NSW) 10.1 General
AS 3500.1, AS 3500 1.1
AS 3500.2, AS 3500.2.1
AS 3500.3, AS 3500.3.1
AS 3500.4, AS 3500.4.1
AS 3500.5
MP 52 , MP 78
Plumbing Code of
Australia (PCA)

AUTHORITIES AND APPROVALS

Submit documents and obtain all regulatory Authority approvals in connection with
the work and:
* pay all fees and charges for work carried out and materials supplied by the
regulatory Authority
* submit evidence of regulatory Authority approval to the Principal’s Authorised
Person before Completion/ Practical Completion.
Certificate Required CERTIFICATE
Refer to PRELIMINARIES: Materials and Workmanship.
At the completion of the works, the contractor is to certify that the materials and
installation comply with the code requirements.
WORK OUTSIDE SITE
Make necessary arrangements with adjoining property-owners and the relevant
Authorities, for all work beyond the site boundaries.
EXISTING SERVICES
Refer to PRELIMINARIES: Site.
WORK-AS-EXECUTED DRAWINGS
Provide at Completion/ Practical Completion work-as-executed drawings to the
same scales as the contract drawings, showing the locations and depths of all
pipes and fittings.

10.2 Inspections
Inspection Required Give 48 hours’ notice to the Principal’s Authorised Person and the regulatory
Authority so that inspections can be made of the following:
- service trenches
- works ready for tapping and/or cutting into regulatory Authorities water, sewer
or drainage mains
- works ready for testing
- work prior to covering
- completed work
- any other inspections required by the regulatory Authority

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 106

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

10.3 Quality and work practices

GENERAL
Water service:
To AS 3500.1 Water service pipes shall not be embedded or cast into concrete structures
To AS.35001.1 If the pipes have to be embedded or cast into concrete structures then they shall
To AS 3500.4 be within conduits or sleaves
To AS 3500.4.1

To AS 3500.2 Sanitary plumbing: To AS

To AS 3500.2.1
To AS 2032

Dissimilar metals:
Do not install copper in contact with steel, zinc, or other materials likely to generate
electrolytic or galvanic corrosive action. Make junctions with fittings manufactured
in suitable compatible material
Expansion and contraction:
install the pipework with sufficient bends, expansion loops or expansion devices to
absorb its own expansion and contraction without developing excessive stresses
in the pipework connected equipment, or the supporting structure.
Fixing to masonry:
use galvanised steel or non-ferrous metal bolts or screws into expanding metal
masonry anchors
SAMPLES
- Provide one sample of each sanitary appliance, fixture, fittings, accessories, and
any exposed plumbing in nominated material, finish and colour
TESTING
Test installation as required by regulatory Authority:
- leave work exposed until inspected and tested
Rejection: pipework will be rejected if the water loss exceeds the limit permitted
by the relevant test and must be immediately rectified to the satisfaction of the
relevant Authority
CLEANING
Provide temporary covers to openings and keep the system free of debris during
construction
COMMISSIONING
After satisfactory completion, turn on control and isolating valves and leave the
service in full operational condition
To AS 3500.1.1 FLUSHING OUT OF LINES
To AS/NZS 3500.5

ACCESSIBILITY
Install pipework so that it is accessible within ducts or non-habitable enclosed
Approval spaces such as roof spaces, subfloor spaces:
- obtain approval for the location of any exposed pipework
- do not run pipework in cavities
- obtain approval for the location of inaccessible pipe runs and fittings, and record
on work-as-executed drawings

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 107

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

BUILDING PENETRATIONS
sleeves: provide purpose-made metal or plastic sleeves (in fire-rated elements,
metal sleeves only) formed from pipe sections:
- prime paint ferrous surfaces
- maintain fire and acoustic ratings
chases:
- cut with a power saw
Approval - do not chase reinforced concrete without approval
- do not chase pipework into masonry or concrete across any movement joint
- insulate or cover chased-in pipework with a suitable flexible material to allow for
expansion and contraction without damage to the pipework or surrounding
element and surface finish
To AS 3500.1.1 UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS
AS/NZS3500.5 minimum cover over pipe:
pipework under slabs: protect copper pipework laid in the ground beneath a
concrete floor slab by:
- encasing in continuous UPVC pipework sleeves
- encasing in PVC-coated tube sealed to prevent ingress of moisture
PIPEWORK SUPPORTS
Provide supports including hangars, saddles, bolted clips, and the like, suitable to
secure above ground pipework to adjacent surfaces and to support it at joints, at
changes of direction, and at intervals necessary to prevent sagging of the
pipework
Pipe support materials to be the same as the piping, or galvanized or non-ferrous
metals, with bonded PVC-U or glass fibre woven tape sleeves where needed to
separate dissimilar metalsMake provision for adjustment of gradient as required
and for thermal movements in the pipeline
PROTECTION
Protect all pipework where exposed to vehicular impact
WET AREA WATERPROOFING
Refer to TILING AND WET AREA WATERPROOFING

10.4 Materials
WATER SERVICES
Copper is required and must be allowed for in the Tender.
Contractors may use alternative piping system (PE-X pipes) on a project only with
written approval from the Principal’s Authorised Person/ Principal’s Representative.
Approval must be in place prior to commencement of construction.
Copper tubes: Type B
To AS 1432
Identification: Install the tube so that the marking is visible for inspection.
To AS/NZS 2492 PE-X pipes – Only systems approved by LAHC (Deemed to Comply Products
Register)
Fittings: dezincification-resistant
Capillary fittings: Use with silver brazed joints. Do not use soft solder or solder
insert capillary fittings

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 108

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

To AS 3688 compression fittings:

To AS 3688 screwed fittings:
To AS 3688 flanges:
SANITARY PLUMBING
To AS/NZS 1260 UPVC pipes and fittings:
Class SWV
To AS/NZS 2032 installation:
To AS/NZS 3879 solvent cement:
To AS 2887 waste traps:
To AS 3500.4.1 INSULATION MATERIALS
Insulate all hot water pipework.
STORMWATER
Refer to Roofing and roof plumbing.
Rainwater tank:
Location of pump controls: for communal tanks within a common open space in a
vandal proof enclosure.
Detention tank:
Underground tank:
During construction, use temporary covers to openings and keep the system free
of debris. On completion, flush the system using water and leave it clean.

10.5 Fixtures and Fittings

GENERAL
- Provide fixtures and fittings. Refer to drawings and schedules for item, number,
selection and location of fixtures and fittings.
- If selection of fixture/s or fitting/s is included in the Contract but location is not
shown on drawings refer to Principal’s Authorised Person for approval.
- In the event that a fixture or fitting selection is not included in the Contract select
fixture/s and fitting/s to meet the specification and Land and Housing
Corporation Deemed to Comply Product Register.
- In the event that a fixture or fitting selection is not included in the Contract and
there is no specification for the fixture or fitting or the fixture or fitting is not
included in the Land and Housing Corporation Deemed to Comply Product
Register recommend selection meeting relevant standards and obtain
Principal’s Authorised Person’s approval
- Install to manufacturer’s requirements
- Provide proprietary bench fixing and water sealing accessories
- Chromium plated brass or stainless steel fixings where visible
- Hot dip galvanised steel fixings where not visible

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 109

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

PLUMBING FIXTURES & FITTINGS SCHEDULE

ITEM REQUIREMENT
Garden Taps (standpipes) Copper Alloy
1 each to front and rear of each dwelling/unit

Garden Taps In multi-unit developments. Located in common areas

Water heater (gas, electric) 1 per dwelling

Tempering valves All dwellings other than designated as accessible

To comply with National Plumbing Code
To achieve 50 o C outlet temperature

Tempering valves and For all dwellings designated as “not liveable” and SEPP
plumbing breaching piece, HSPD provide plumbing breaching piece in accessible box for
for future fitting of TMVs, if future thermostatic mixing valve (TMV)
required

Rainwater tanks As required. Connect with fittings and fixtures as required by

BASIX

Sink 1 per kitchen

Taps and spout (sink) 1 per kitchen sink

Toilet pan, seats and cover 1 per bathroom

For all SEPP HSPD provide higher toilet seat to AS 1428.1
and lever type flushing controls preferred.

Basin - for SEPP HSPD

- 1 per bathroom
- wall mounted on manufacturer’s brackets

Vanity 1 per bathroom

Bowl or Bowl and benchtop

Bath 1 per bathroom

- in 3, 4, 5, & 6 bedroom dwellings
-in 2 bedroom General Housing dwellings only

Shower rose 1 per shower area

Taps (basin, bath, shower) - 1 set and spout per vanity unit or basin
- 1 set per shower recess
-1 set per bath
- capstan or quarter turn lever handles with ceramic disc or
“Aqualoc” washers

Laundry Tub - 1 per dwelling

- 45 litres for 0 to 2 bedroom
- 68 litres for 3 to 6 bedroom
- for separate laundry tub set flush into a bench is preferred

Taps and spout (Laundry) - 1 set per tub hot and cold water with laundry spout
- 1 set, quarter turn, for washing machine connection of hot
and cold water

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 110

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

SEPARATE TOILET

Toilet pan, seats and cover 1 per separate toilet

If required – accessible toilet pan for: SEPP HSPD,
accessible housing
1 per bathroom /separate toilet
Vitreous China pan with S-trap
Equal to Caroma Care Pan – Trident Accessible Pan”
Basin - 1 per bathroom
- vitreous china 400mm x 400mm min
- wall mounted on manufacturer’s brackets

Taps and spout - 1 set and single spout per basin

Capstan or quarter turn lever handles with ceramic disc or
“Aqualoc” washers

COMMON ROOM
KITCHEN/ KITCHENETTE

Sink 1 per bench-top

Taps and spout 1 set per sink

TOILET

Toilet pan, seats and cover 1 per separate toilet

If required – accessible toilet pan for: SEPP HSPD,
accessible housing
1 per bathroom /separate toilet
Vitreous China pan with S-trap
Equal to Caroma Care Pan – Trident Accessible Pan”

Urinal (If required for male only bathroom)

Basin - 1 per bathroom

- vitreous china 400mm x 400mm min
- wall mounted on manufacturer’s brackets

Taps and spout - 1 set and single spout per basin

Capstan or quarter turn lever handles with ceramic disc or
“Aqualoc” washers

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 111

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

KITCHEN SINK REQUIREMENT

To AS/NZS 1730 - Number and location as shown on drawings and/or scheduled.
- To current Australian Standards
- Standards Mark/Water Mark/certificate of approval
- All kitchen sinks to be supplied with plug and waste
- Min. 302 polish finished stainless steel only
- Indelibly marked with manufacturers trademark
- Sinks to suit 3 tap set configurations (lever handle hot tap, level handle cold tap
and spout)
Bed-sitters/studio
- Single Bowl sink. Sink and single bowl drainer to suit min 930mm long and min
13.5L sink
- Sink to suit narrow 450mm bench tops
1 to 2 bedroom dwellings
- One and a half bowl sink. Sink to be minimum of 1200mm long, width to suit
narrow 450mm or 600mm bench tops
- Main sink to be min 20L

3 or more bedroom dwellings

- Double One and a half (1 ½ ) bowl sink with double drainers. Sink to be min
1400mm long x 450mm wide.
- Both sink bowls to be min 20L
Accessible modifications/fit-out
- For accessible modifications/fit-out maximum bowl depth 155mm
WARRANTY: Provide a minimum 25 year written warranty
BASIN REQUIREMENT
To AS/NZS 1730 - To current Australian Standards
- Standard Mark/Water Mark/Sydney Water certificate of approval
- White (min. bowl size 500x400mm) vitreous china 2/3 hole version
- Wall mounted on manufacturers metal brackets with ring connector to waste
outlet
- Installed to manufacturers written specification
- All Basins to be supplied with plug and waste
WARRANTY: Provide a minimum 2 year written warranty
TOILET REQUIREMENT
General and Liveable Housing
To AS 1172.1 - To current Australian Standards
- Standard Mark/Water Mark/Water Authority certificate of approval
- Pedestal pan to be white vitreous china
- Cisterns to be vitreous china or heavy duty grade PVC with internal overflow
- 4.5/3L dual flush toilet suites (min 4 Star WELS rating)
- Toilet and Cisterns to be vandal resistant or fitted with a ‘Vandal Resistant
Conversion kit’
- Installed to manufacturers written specification

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 112

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

Provide accessible toilet pan for:

- Accessible dwelling
1 per bathroom/separate toilet
To AS 1428.1 Vitreous China pan with S-trap
Equal to Caroma: Care Pan – Trident Accessible Pan
WARRANTY: Provide a minimum 1 year written warranty
TOILET SEAT AND COVERS REQUIREMENT
- To current Australian Standards.
- Constructed of solid plastic – Vandal Resistant with vandal resistant fittings
- Installed to manufacturers written specification
WARRANTY: Provide a minimum 1 year written warranty
BATH REQUIREMENT
All Housing Types
- To current Australian Standards
To AS 1172.5 - Standard Mark (optional) /WaterMark/ Water Authority certificate of approval.
- Installed to manufacturers written specification
- Indelibly marked with manufacturers name/Trademark (visible in the installed
position)
- Rectangular – Min. 1500x750mm wide x 380mm deep
- Sanitary grade Acrylic (Waterborne) moulded from min. 3.5mm thick sheet,
glass reinforced with 10mm dia. Steel rod rim reinforcement
- Pressed metal manufactured from min. 1.6mm thick steel drawn seamless from
one sheet of metal, grip coated all over and finished internally with white vitreous
Solvent-bourne (non-skid base)
- Min. 10mm high tiling bead to all baths built into adjacent walls
- Fitted with plug & waste
Retrofit Acrylic (Waterbourne) Bath Linings to Existing Bath
(For upgrading works only where specified on drawings)
- Sanitary grade Acrylic (Waterborne) moulded from min. 3.5mm thick sheet
reinforced with a fibreglass backing
- Dimensions to fit over existing bath size
- Grate and adaptor to suit existing waste drain
- Fitted with plug and waste
WARRANTY: Provide a minimum 10 years written warranty for Acrylic
(Waterborne) baths and 30 years written warranty for pressed metal baths

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 113

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

LAUNDRY TUB REQUIREMENT

- To current Australian Standards.
- Standards Mark/Water Mark/Water Authority certificate of approval
- Detachable PVC or polyolefin bypass connected at top to current Australian
Standard
Tub
- Min. 30 litre capacity (bed sit)
- Min. 45 litre capacity (1 to 2 bedroom)
- Min. 68 litre capacity (3 to 6 bedroom)
- Min. 302 stainless steel
- Indelibly marked with manufacturers name/trademark
- Fitted with plug and waste
Cabinet
- White enamel/Colorbond finish to steel
WARRANTY: Provide 25 years warranty for stainless steel & 10 years warranty for
the cabinet

10.6 Accessories – Water Service

GENERAL
Provide each fixture with accessories, such as taps, valves and outlets as required
to complete the works
POTABLE WATER REQUIREMENT
Copper is required and must be allowed for in the Tender.
Contractors may use alternative piping system (PE-X pipes) on a project only with
written approval from the Principal’s Authorised Person/ Principal’s Representative.
Approval must be in place prior to commencement of construction.
Alternate piping shall meet the following requirements.
- To current Australian Standards
- Water Mark certificate of approval
- Recyclable at end of life
- Satisfies tests for contaminants to comply with AS 4020 including:
- VOC’s (Volatile Organic Compounds).
- Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds
- Regulated heavy metals (cadmium, lead, arsenic, barium, beryllium, Chromium,
mercury, selenium, thallium etc.
- Any other contaminant lifecycle tests
- Able to be joined using standard (non-exclusive) connectors which can
withstand required pressure levels
- Heat resistance able to withstand temperatures up to 85 degree Celsius without
failure
- Potable water delivered through the system contains no tainting affecting taste
or odour after accelerated tests representing 20 years use – complying to
AS/NZS 4020and AS 2492
WARRANTY: Provide 25 years warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 114

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

MAIN CONNECTION
Connect to the supply authority’s main through a stop valve to the building and
provide a meter to each dwelling unit, in accordance with the Supply Authority’s
requirements and using components supplied or approved by the Authority.
TAPS
Copper alloy taps: dezincification-resistant.
Quarter turn lever handles with ceramic disc or “Aqualoc” washers
Locate hot tap to the left of, or above, the cold water tap
TAPS REQUIREMENT
Bib tap/Pillar tap/ Hob mounted sink set/Wall sink set – General
- Materials, dimensions, finishes and performance tests to current Australian
Standards
- Water supply metal bodied taps to current Australian Standards
- Standard Mark/. Water Mark/ Certificate of Approval
- Hot and cold water taps to be vandal resistant
- Basin and kitchen sink taps – 4 star WELS rating
- Other than basin or kitchen sink taps- 3 star WELS rating
- Taps incorporating an in tap flow regulator valve equivalent to “Aqualoc” or
pressure compensating flow control
- Vandal proof aerator
- Set complete with outlet, shower rose, spout or arm, and handles. Handles to
meet adaptable requirements and be easily changed from minimum 65mm lever
for separate hot and cold taps to longer levers

- All components made of brass base material, chrome plated or satin chrome or
powder coated finishes,
- Dezincification resistant
Liveable Housing
- Lever handles lever length 65mm to 80mm handles
- Quarter turn taps with ceramic discs or “Aqualoc” fitted to taps for kitchen sink,
bath, shower and basin. Laundry tub spout fitted with “Aqaualoc”
Accessible Housing
- Long lever tap handles lever length 90mm to 150 mm (surgeon type) subject to
approval or OT’s recommendation
- Quarter turn taps with ceramic discs or “Aqualoc” fitted to bath, shower and
basin taps. Laundry tub taps fitted with “Aqualoc”
- NO Capstan handle taps or Flick Mixer Taps without approval from the
Principal’s Authorised Person
WARRANTY: Provide a minimum 3 year written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 115

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

SHOWER ROSES REQUIREMENT

General and Liveable Housing
- Water saving ‘3 STAR WELS’ rated not more than 9L/min.
- Brass base arm and shower rose, with brass ball joint. Chrome plated or satin
chrome or powdercoated finish
- Tamper proof shower head
Seniors or Accessible Housing
- Handheld shower rose mounted on vertical grab rail
- Min 600mm - 32mm stainless steel grade 304 grab rail
- Adjustable handheld shower rose cradle
- Hygienic seal flange covers
- Fixings of grab rail to support appropriate static load
- Brass wall flange with dual check non return valve
- Shower hose - elastic inner, supported by polyester cords and nylon wrapped in
a chrome metallic spiral band
- Achieve a 3 star WELS rating
WARRANTY: Provide a minimum 5 year written warranty
VALVES
Valve spindles: non-rising type. Install valves with spindles in a vertical position
where practicable.
Isolating valves: provide to each block of units and each individual unit to isolate
all connected equipment, including hot water heaters, tanks, and cisterns, and
To AS 1357.2 elsewhere as shown on the drawings.
AS 4032.2 Tempering valves:
- to all dwellings
AS4032.1 - to achieve 50° C outlet temperature
Pressure control valves: Pressure-reducing, pressure limiting, and pressure-ratio
valves
Finish valves to match connected piping
To comply with NSW Code of Practice – Plumbing and Drainage
Strainers: low resistance, Y-form, bronze body brass screen-type. Screen
perforations 0.8mm
Material: The same material as the pipe, or galvanised or non-ferrous metals,
with bonded PVC, nylon, or fibreglass woven tape sleeves to separate dissimilar
metals. Provide fixings of suitable compatible material

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 116

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

TEMPERING AND THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE REQUIREMENT

- Tempering valves set to Plumbing Code standards to all BCA Class 1, 2 and 3
buildings
- Thermostatic mixing valve
 only for nominated dwellings for accessible
To AS 1357.1  to achieve 43.5 o C outlet temperature
- All dwellings designated as “Liveable” and SEPP HSPD provide plumbing
breaching piece in accessible box for future thermostatic mixing valve (TMV)
to all hot water outlets
- To current Australian Standard
- Standard Mark/Water Mark/Sydney Water certificate of approval
- Installed to manufacturers written specification
WARRANTY: Provide a minimum 5 year written warranty
SCHEDULE OF APPROVED TEMPERING AND THERMOSTATIC MIXING
VALVES (updated August 2014)
MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER PRODUCT/MODEL

All Valves Industries Pty Ltd CALEFFI Tempering Valves 5213 and 2522
Series only

Austworld Commodities P/L TV15 Tempering Valve

TV15/20 HP (High Performance) Tempering
Valve

AVG Australian Valve Group P/L AVG Tempering Valves and AVG thermostatic
Mixing Valves

Enware Australia Pty Ltd Aqua Blend

Methven Australia P/L NEFA Tempering Valves

TTV15C
TTV15CHP
TTV20C
TTV20CHP

Reliance World Wide RMC Heat Guard Ultra – Tempering Valve

Saveur Pacific Reflex Tempering Valves

RMTV15
RMTV15S
RTV15
RTV15S
RTV20RTV20S

ThornwaiteTechnologies Pty Ltd Rada Model No 215, 320, 32 rmx

COVER PLATES
Provide where pipework emerges from finished surfaces.
Type: ornamental non-ferrous metal or stainless steel, finished to match the
piping, nominal diameter 50mm greater than the diameter of the pipe inclusive of
insulation
STANDPIPE POSTS
Where standpipes are located without support, provide 100mm x 50mm 1000mm
high creosote treated hardwood post set 500mm into ground

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 117

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

10.7 Heating Systems

WATER HEATERS
Generally: provide a water heater or water heating system complete with all
necessary valves, thermostats, cut-outs and the like in location shown on drawings
and/or scheduled.
WATER HEATER SCHEDULE

ITEM REQUIREMENT
Solar (gas Boosted) 1 per dwelling
1 per Common Room
Provide a proprietary automatic water heater comprising solar
collector/s and storage container including connections,
controls and necessary fittings for all.

Electric Heat Pump 1 per dwelling

1 per Common Room

Instantaneous Gas 1 per dwelling

1 per Common Room

Solar (electric) Boosted 1 per dwelling

1 per Common Room

- connect water heaters in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions

- where installed internally (in bathroom or laundry) to be placed on a 100mm high
tiled concrete plinth and drained to outlet
To AS 3500.4.1 - Where installed internally (e.g. in cupboard) to be placed on copper safe tray
and drained to an outlet
- where installed externally to be placed on a 100mm thick concrete base.
- reticulation: supply hot water piping to connect heater to the supply and to the
draw off points and fixtures shown on drawings and/or scheduled
- delivered hot water outlet temperature:
Pressure control valve: Provide a pressure control valve as required by the
manufacturer
To AS 3500.4.1 Relief line/waste pipe:
Tariff: Confirm the installation qualifies for the tariff concession or subsidy offered
by the Supply Authority

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 118

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

SOLAR WATER HEATERS REQUIREMENT

General and Liveable Housing
To AS/NZS 2712 - To current Australian Standards
- Water Mark / Authority Certificate of Approval including all valves
- Installation to current Australian Standards and to manufacturers written
specification
- High energy efficiency – generate more than 25 renewable energy credits
- Suitable for all NSW climate zones, except alpine.
- All solar hot water units , Valves and Piping to be frost protected to minus 10
- Natural gas or electricity boosted
- Solar Panels (hail resistant) appropriate to zone area and size of tank
- Solar Panels to be aligned between north east to north west
- Tank on ground preferred, unless ground space is limited then close coupled
thermo siphon systems are allowed
Gas Boost
- Min. 170L with 5 star Gas Boost (all bedroom categories)
Electric Boost
- Min 160L for (1 Bed) – close coupled for new construction
- Min 250L for (2 Bed)
- Min 300L for (3 to 4 or more Bed)
- Min 400L with 3 panels for households with 5 or more residents
- Electric Boost solar only from off peak electricity supply operation
- Capable of recovery of more than 50% of the tank capacity through boost
WARRANTY: Provide 10 years written warranty on Cylinder, Panels and Heat
Exchanger
HEAT PUMP HEATERS REQUIREMENT
To be used only with written approval of the Principal
General and Liveable Housing
To AS/NZS 2712 - To current Australian Standards
- Water Mark/ Authority Certification of approval including all valves
- Installation to current Australian Standards and to manufacturers written
specification
- High energy efficiency - generate more than 25 REC
- Suitable for all NSW climate zones, except Alpine
- All units, valves and piping to be frost protected to minus 10 degrees
- Capable of operation on off-peak electric boost,
- Capable of recover of more than 60% of the tank capacity
- Low noise levels (less than 45 dba)
- Capacity
Min 250 L (2 bed)
Min 300L (3 bed or more)
WARRANTY: Provide 10 years written warranty on Cylinder

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 119

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

GAS WATER HEATERS REQUIREMENT

General and Liveable Housing
To AS/NZS 5263.1.2 - To current Australian Standards
- Standards Mark/WaterMark/Water Authority Certificate of Approval
- AGA approval
To AS/NZS 4552.2 - Minimum 5 star energy rating
- All units, valves and piping to be frost protected
Storage
- Mains pressure: Floor Model (outdoor only)
- (1 bedroom min 90L)
- (2 bedroom min 110L)
- (3 bedroom and over min 135L
Instantaneous (External Gas Instantaneous only)
- Factory pre-set not to exceed 50ºC in accordance with AS 3489. No further
mechanical tempering device required
- Electronic ignition
- Frost protected
- All gas continuous flow water heaters shall be recessed into the brickwork either
on the balcony or on the ground floor.
- All gas continuous flow water heaters shall be fitted with security “cage”
enclosure fixed into the external wall with concealed fixing and supplied with a
padlock and keys.
The enclosure shall:
- have dimensions of 120 ackles 500mm wide x 700mm high and depth to suit
heater and heater location (heater recessed into external
brickwork)
- be constructed out of 20mm OD 3mm thick hollow mild steel tubes at
maximum 150mm grid spacing
- have a pivot hinge on LHS or RHS, fitted top and bottom through a U shaped
8mm thick plate and the “cage” shall be fixed to the wall through that plate
through 4 x pre-drilled holes.
- include on the opposite side to the hinge 8mm thick plate (with a hole in it) to
close over L-shaped padlock plate (that includes a hole for the padlock) to be
fixed to the wall
- include “cage” component fabricated as one unit and L-shaped padlock fixing
plate, all with pre-drilled holes for fixing to the wall; all hot dipped galvanised,
- Submit shop drawings prior to fabrication.
- The builder to supply and install gas authorities padlock with three keys and a
key box onsite inside one of the garages.
1 bathroom dwellings:
BCA Climate zone 6 to 8 – 16L to 26L
BCA Climate zone 2 to 5 – 16L to 20L
2 bathroom dwellings:
BCA Climate zone 6 to 8 – 26L to 32L
BCA Climate zone 2 to 5 – 20L to 26L

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 120

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

WARRANTY:
Storage
1 year warranty (parts/labour) 10 year warranty (cylinder)
Instantaneous
3 years parts and labour warranty, 10 year warranty on heat exchanger
ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS REQUIREMENT
General and Liveable Housing
To AS/NZS 4692.1 - To current Australian Standards
and AS/NZS 4692.2 - Standards Mark/WaterMark/Water Authority Certificate of Approval
- Off-peak mains pressure storage:
- All water heater units, valves and piping must be frost protected
Storage
- Mains Pressure: Floor Model (indoor/outdoor)
- (1 bedroom/ SEPP HSPD – 125L)
- (2 bedrooms – 250L)
- (3 bedrooms and over – 315L
Roof Model
- (2 bedrooms – 250L)
- (3 bedrooms and over – 315L)
Instantaneous
- 3 phase electric
- Electrical cut-off
- Manufactured with inbuilt pressure/temperature relief valve
- Min. 4.5 L// min
WARRANTY:
Storage- 1 year warranty (parts/labour) 10 year warranty (cylinder)
Instantaneous- 3 years parts and labour

10.8 Soil and Waste System

To AS 3500.2.1 GENERAL
DRAINAGE Refer to Drainage
FLOOR WASTES
Provide floor waste outlets to all bathrooms, separate WCs and separate
laundries:
- floor wastes in bathrooms shall be near the shower and away from bathroom
doors.
- finish to be chrome plate brass.
SHOWER PERIMETER GRATE AND DRAIN
Provide shower perimeter grate and drain
Install to manufacturer’s recommendations - Stainless Steel.
- When cutting grate to required size, cut by hand using 32 teeth per inch
hacksaw. Ensure the cut is square. File back rough edges for safety.
- Equal to “Stormtech” 65DG
- Ensure no sharp edges are visible.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 121

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

To AS/NZS 1546.1 SEPTIC TANK

Provide septic tanks designed to meet Local Council’s requirements.

10.9 Finishes
PIPEWORK FINISHES
To AS 1192 Exposed internally:
Chrome plate all copper and brass pipework including fittings, traps, supports and
the like. Paint as specified in PAINTING, all internal exposed UPVC and cast iron
pipes including fittings, traps, supports and the like
In concealed but accessible spaces (including cupboards and non-habitable
enclosed spaces): Leave copper and plastic unpainted except for required
identification marking. Prime steel piping and iron fittings
Exposed externally:
Paint as specified in PAINTING, all external exposed pipes including fittings, traps,
supports, and the like

10.10 Fire Prevention

Certificate Required GENERAL
To AS 2118.1 Provide for the following where required:
To AS/NZS 1221 sprinkler service:
AS 2441 hose reels:

To AS 2444 fire extinguishers:

To AS 1530.4 fire collars:
To AS 2419.1 fire hydrants:

FIRE BLANKET REQUIREMENT

- To provide fire blanket to common area rooms to contain the fire in a vessel
- To current Australian Standards AS/NZS 3504
- To current BCA including independent Certification of compliance to BCA.
- Size to be 1.2mx1.2m for class F fires
- Fixed permanently into the common area room kitchen wall only
WARRANTY: Provide 5 year written warranty
FIRE COLLAR REQUIREMENT
- Independently tested in accordance with AS1530.4 or BS476 part 20 to seal
both PVC, PP, Poly-butylenes, PE-X all sizes up to 200mm in penetrations
through fire rates floor and wall components up to 90 minutes
- Product to be tested as a retrofit and new install fire stop collar
- Maximum temperature resistance (fire stop collar shall begin to activate) shall
not exceed 120º C
- Installation to manufacturer’s specification
WARRANTY: Provide 2 year written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 122

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

FIRE DAMPERS REQUIREMENT

- To current relevant Australian Standards AS/NZS
- To current BCA including independent Certification of compliance to BCA.
- Installed to manufacturers written specification manual
- Dampers materials including, flanges, casing, blades, springs and linkages shall
be stainless steel or equivalent materials
- Fire resistant level to comply with the Standards
- Sizes shapes as required.
- Dampers product to be tested and certified by CSIRO or NATA registered
equivalent
- Dampers to be treated with an intumescent coating and achieve required FRL
of a minimum 60/60/60 when tested in accordance with AS 1530.4
- Meet the requirements for air leakage test specified in Clause 5.3 of AS 1682.1
- If activated by a thermally released link, it shall be tested to comply with AS
1890.
WARRANTY: Provide 2 years written warranty
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS REQUIREMENT
Portable fire extinguisher with rechargeable cylinder all types
- To provide portable fire extinguishers for type A fires to control small fires within
residential complexes
- To current Australian Standards AS/NZS 1841
- To current BCA including independent Certification of compliance to BCA
- The actual cylinder to be made of a corrosion resistant metal type component,
quick pin release, pressure gauge and heavy duty metal brackets
- The portable fire extinguishers shall be fitted with anti-discharge device
Capacity:
- Water Type – 9 litres
- Wet Chemical – 2 litres and 3.5 litres
- Carbon Dioxide CO2 – 2litres and 3.5 litres
WARRANTY: Provide 10 years written warranty on the cylinder and 1 year written
warranty on the pressure holdings
FIRE HOSE REEL REQUIREMENT
- To provide Fire Hose Reel and Fire Hose to common areas to control any fire
within residential complexes
- To current Australian Standards AS/NZS 1221 and 2792
- To current BCA including independent Certification of compliance to BCA.
- Fire Hose Reel (FHR) type should be fixed permanently to a structure (with or
without cabinet)
- FHR made off corrosion resistant material and vandal resistant fixings.
- Centre Drum spindle shall not exceed 360mm from the mounting surface
- Hose Reel
- Hose material should be non-percolating hose class H (high)
- Hose reel to be 19mm in diameter and 36m long
- All fittings to be brass and to comply with the standards and water marked.
WARRANTY: Provide 5 year written warranty on all materials and 1 year on all
valves

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 123

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM REQUIREMENT

- To current Australian Standards AS/NZS2419 and all other associated
standards
- To current BCA including independent Certification of compliance to BCA.
- Installed to manufacturers written specification
- Vandal proof
- Location signposted for emergency services
WARRANTY: Provide 5 year written warranty on hydrant and 1 year written
warranty on all valves and pumps
FIRE PANEL REQUIREMENT
Fire Control and Indicating Equipment
- Provide early warning control system to common area residential units
- To current Australian Standards AS7240 & AS4428
- To current BCA including independent Certification of compliance to BCA
- All installation to comply with the manufacturer’s installation manual and
specification details
- To control minimum limit to 18 alarms and heat detectors per zone
- PC software to create, edit, download, upload and back up. Uses advanced
algorithms to reduce nuisance alarms and detect smouldering fires
- Capable of connecting to addressable smoke and heat detectors, call points,
short circuit isolators, sirens, sounders, I/O units with monitored voltage outputs,
power supplies and conventional detectors
- Capable of linking with fire door closing system
- Lockable door to fire panel
- Vandal resistant.
- Independent zone operation system. Contractor to arrange connection of FIP
panel to brigade in consultation with end user.
WARRANTY: Provide 5 year written warranty
FIRE STOPPING MATERIAL (SEALANTS AND MASTIC) REQUIREMENT
- All material must comply with the nominated properties or replicate a system
tested in accordance with AS 4072.1 and AS 1530.1
- Achieve an FRL of not less than that specified in the FRMPIM for the penetrated
floor/wall or ceiling assembly
- Penetrations protected by a system tested in accordance with AS 4072.1 and
AS 1530.1
- Independent test certificates to be provided
WARRANTY: Provide 2 year written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 124

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM REQUIREMENT

- To provide an important level of fire protection to the residential unit occupants
and to the building structure
- To current Australian Standards AS/NZS 2118.1 and all associated standards.
- To current BCA including independent Certification of compliance to BCA.
- All installation to comply with the manufacturer’s installation manual and
specification details.
- Fire sprinkler system material and equipment to meet appropriate standards.
- Pipe sizes shall be determined by full hydraulic calculation methods.
- Hydraulic /wet system
- Fast and quick response system
- High velocity sprayers
- Fault monitoring system
- Corrosion resistant system
WARRANTY: Provide 10 year written warranty
To AS/NZS 2179.1, 10.11 Rainwater Tanks
SA HB 230, AS/NZS
4766, AS 2070 Supply and Install above and or below ground rainwater tanks as indicated on
drawings and in accordance with the Rainwater Tank Design and Installation
Handbook.
Provide accessories needed to complete the installation and constructed from
corrosion resistant material compatible with the tank material. Include the
following:
- Inlet and outlet connections.
- Floating outlet to draw water from the upper part of the tank.
- Tight fitting lids or insect proof screens at all openings.
- Flap valves at every opening to the tank.
- Calmed inlet to the tank to prevent stirring sediment.
- Flywire screened overflow siphon to skim surface contaminants.
- Vermin proof, child proof access hole.
- Easily cleanable filter prior to the entry to the tank. Mesh size 1 mm.
Provide a lockable control box, containing the mains diversion device, which is
mounted to an existing structure such as a wall. The control box shall be
separated from the tank, located away from vehicle access, allow for required
clearances to fences and be located in public access areas to facilitate access for
maintenance.
All rainwater inflows shall be pre-treated to remove leaf litter, debris and sediment
prior to entering the tank.

Underground tanks:
Access and/ or inspection caps, first flush devices and filter pits for underground
tanks shall be installed flush to the ground. Install submersible pump in
underground tanks to minimise potential noise and amenity issues.

Coated steel tanks: Metallic-coated steel with polymer film to AS 2070 on the
inside and prepainted on the outside.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 125

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

First flush diverter

General: Provide first flush diverters arranged to drain completely and selected for
 20L/100 m2 rainwater catchment area. Construct from corrosion resistant and
compatible with the rainwater plumbing and tank. Discharge waste water from the
first flush diverter either: (if permitted by the local authority) onto grassed areas
away from tank and building footings, away from private open space or vehicles ; if
possible to the stormwater installation.
Installation
Provide structural support to withstand the mass of the tank when full without
deformation or excessive settling. Support connecting piping independently of the
tank. Provide a 300 mm long section of reinforced flexible hose to prevent piping
exerting a load on the tank. Pipe overflow to discharge away from the tank.
Prevent the entry of sunlight to the interior of the tank.
Above ground tanks: Restrain the tank to prevent movement, when empty,
caused by wind and other loads. Provide a level base with gaps not exceeding
10 mm, free of sharp projections and projecting beyond the edge of the tank at all
points.

Coated steel tanks: Fully support the tank on a self-draining concrete base.
Prevent contact with dissimilar metals. Arrange so that no part of the tank is below
ground level and so that adjacent ground surfaces fall away from the tank. Do not
use sharp objects inside the tank. Remove swarf with a magnet if drilling or cutting.
Cleaning: Flush the rainwater system. Wash and flush tanks to remove
manufacturing and other contaminants.

Mains Water:
- Provide in accessible location for reading separate mains potable water meters
to each dwelling.
- In addition to non-potable rainwater, supply tap for the washing machine for
each dwelling. Provide next to this tap a capped/(i.e. no tap) single mains
potable (colds) water outlet. This outlet is for future use in the event that non-
potable water quality is deemed to be inadequate (i.e. discoloured) for its
intended use (clothes washing).
RAIN WATER TANK REQUIREMENT
All Rainwater Tanks Above and below Ground
- All downpipes connected to the rainwater tank must have a screened downpipe
rainhead
- First flush devices installed to suit system (above or below ground)
- Vermin and insect screens provided on all inlets and outlets. Aluminium mesh
mosquito screen
- All rainwater and stormwater pipes installed to eliminate ponding and stagnation
of water
- All pumps, electrical, and plumbing must be located either adjacent to a building
or not to cause trip hazards. Located in a vandal resistant enclosure.
- In accordance with the Rainwater Tank Design and Installation Handbook
available at:
[Link]

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 126

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING

Above Ground Rainwater tanks

- Slimline rain water tanks
- Steel factory pre-painted with a food grade approved polymer
- Walls single sided AQUAPLATE Steel 0.6mm, external walls galvanised or
Colorbond pre-painted steel
- Base double sided Aquaplate steel 0.6mm with 200um polymer film
- Installed with first flush device, strainer, overflow and hose tap
Tank stand or concrete base certified by structural engineer as able to support the
water filled tank at full capacity
Below Ground Rainwater tanks
- All below ground tanks installation must have engineering certification for design
loadings and hydro-static lift
- Below ground tanks cannot be installed underneath or as part of a dwellings
foundations. Preferred location underneath driveway or lawn.
- Manufactured using food grade polymers, and independently certified not to
leach chemicals into the water
- Single seam free tanks with no joins of leakage points, self-supporting
- Inlet covers/lids to eliminate sunlight/algae/mosquitos and marked Rainwater
WARRANTY: Provide 20 year warranty Above Ground, 15 year warranty Below
Ground

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 127

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DRAINAGE

11: Drainage
Plumbing & Drainage
Code of Practice
11.1 General
(NSW)
To AS 3500.2.1
To AS 3500.3.1
MP 52, MP 78
Plumbing Code of
Australia (PCA)

AUTHORITIES AND APPROVALS

Submit documents and obtain all regulatory Authority approvals in connection with
the work and:
- pay all fees and charges for work carried out and materials supplied by the
regulatory Authority
- submit evidence of all regulatory Authority approvals to the Principal’s
Authorised Person before Completion/ Practical Completion.
Certificate Required CERTIFICATE
Refer to PRELIMINARIES: Materials and Workmanship.
On completion the Contractor is to certify that the materials and installation comply
with the code requirements.
WORK OUTSIDE SITE
Make necessary arrangements with adjoining property-owners and the relevant
Authorities, for all work beyond the site boundaries.
EXISTING SERVICES
Refer to PRELIMINARIES: Site.
WORK-AS-EXECUTED DRAWINGS
Provide at Completion/ Practical Completion, work as executed drawings to the
same scales as the contract drawings, showing the dimensioned locations and
depths of all pipes and fittings.

11.2 Inspections
Inspection Required Give 48 hours’ notice so that inspections can be made of the following:
- trenches excavated and ready for pipe laying
- works ready for tapping and/or cutting into regulatory Authorities water, sewer
or drainage mains
- work ready for testing
- enclosed work ready to be covered or concealed
- completed work
- any other inspections required by the regulatory Authority.

11.3 Quality and Work Practices

GENERAL
Do not locate grates, pits and other drainage structures across walkways.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 128

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DRAINAGE

TESTING
Test installation as required by the regulatory Authority:
- leave work exposed until inspected and tested
- check pipe joints, valve seats, tap washers, strainers, and the like. Replace if
damaged, and retest.
Rejection: Pipework which fails a test, or which airlocks, vibrates or is noisy
because of insufficient support or loose fixings, will be rejected and must be
immediately rectified to the satisfaction of the relevant Authority.
CLEANING
Provide temporary covers to openings and keep the system free of debris during
construction.
To AS 3500.2.1 EXCAVATION, BEDDING AND BACKFILLING

To AS 3500.3.1} sanitary drains:

To AS 3500.3.1} stormwater drains:
To AS/NZS 3725 subsoil drains:
To AS/NZS 4058 RCP pipes (pipes 300mm dia. And above)
PIPE LAYING
To AS 3500.2.1 sanitary drains:
To AS 3500.3.1 stormwater drains:

11.4 Materials
To AS 3500.2.1 SANITARY DRAINS
STORMWATER DRAINS
To AS 3500.3.1 In all cases, including under carparks, driveways or across footpaths, pipes shall
be of minimum 100mm sewer grade UPVC.

To AS 3500.3.1 SUBSOIL DRAINS

11.5 Sumps, Pits

GENERAL
Construct pits, sumps, access holes, tanks, wells, and the like where shown on the
drawings to the levels indicated:
- use minimum 225mm diameter size stormwater lines from stormwater sumps
unless otherwise shown on drawings.
- use precast concrete or in-situ concrete pits in driveways, pathways,
landscaped and turfed areas.
Approval - installation requires approval.
In-situ concrete pits:
- to be 150mm thick x 20 Mpa at 28 days concrete base and walls with one layer
F72 mesh over entire area.
- all concrete to be mechanically vibrated and a maximum aggregate size of
20mm.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 129

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

DRAINAGE

To AS 3600 Precast concrete pits:

Approval - use proprietary precast concrete pits
- to be 75mm thick x 20 MPa at 28 days
- provide core holes as required.
To AS 3996 Covers and grates:
- secure all covers and grates to pits to prevent easy access
- use class ‘C’ covers and grates in driveways
- use class ‘B’ covers and grates in pathways
- use class ‘A’ covers and grates in landscaped or turfed areas.
- Drain covers and grates in trafficable areas to be heel proof with a maximum
opening width of 6mm.
- Surface of drain covers and grates in trafficable areas to be slip resistant and
must achieve a minimum slip resistance rating of P4/ R11 to comply with the
requirements of the NCC.
Locate the top of covers or gratings, including frames as follows:
- In paved areas: Flush with the paving surface.
- In landscaped areas: 25 mm above finished surface.
Gratings taking surface water runoff: Set to receive the runoff without ponding.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 130

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

12: Electrical Works

12.1 General
To AS/NZS 3000 STANDARD
AS 3006 To the requirements of Supply and regulatory Authorities.
To SA HB 301 - Electrical installations.
AS/CA S008, - Telecommunications cabling and labelling.
AS/NZS 11801.1
and SA/SNZ HB
252
Certificate Required CERTIFICATE
Refer to PRELIMINARIES: Materials and Workmanship.
On completion, the Contractor is to certify that the materials and installation comply
with the code requirements.
WORK-AS-EXECUTED DRAWINGS
Provide at Completion/ Practical Completion work-as-executed drawings showing:
- location and depth of underground wiring and cable pits, if any
- switchboard schematic showing layout of equipment, busbars and connections,
type and rating of equipment
- telecom Block Cabling Installation
- Master Antenna Television System.

12.2 Inspections
Inspection Required Give 48 hours’ notice for inspections at the following stages:
- trench excavation before installing cables
- underground and concealed conduits before concealment
- testing of Master Antenna Television System.

12.3 Quality and Work Practices

TESTING
Test installation, including Television and Telecom services before starting the
Defects Liability Period.
COMMISSIONING
On finishing clean faceplates, luminaries reflectors and diffusers, and the like,
replace faulty lamps, reinstate ground surfaces and finishes disturbed by trenching,
and hand over the completed installation in working order.
MAXIMUM DEMAND AND SPARE CAPACITY
To AS/NZS 3000 Calculate the maximum demand of the installation and provide a copy of the
calculations.
Spare spaces: Provide switchboards with ≥ 25% spare positions for future single
phase circuit breakers.
Provide the following spare capacity:
- > 10% spare capacity in mains and submains.
- > 25% space capacity in final sub-circuits.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 131

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

BALANCING OF LOAD
Balance the load as evenly as possible over all phases to prevent overloading and
inadvertent circuit breaker operation at Completion/ Practical Completion, and
again at the end of the Defects Liability Period.
To AS/NZS 3000 12.4 Underground Services
GENERAL
- provide PVC marker tape over all lengths of underground conduit
- provide 600mm minimum cover for connecting wiring (in conduit) between
buildings.
- Exact routes of all underground cables and conduit to be coordinated on site with
other services.

12.5 Materials
To AS/NZS 5000.1 TPI AND TPS CABLES
AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Provide 0.6/1 kV range, 75oC temperature-rated cable delivered to site in the
original packages and obtained from one manufacturer whenever possible.
Conductors: provide stranded copper conductors throughout a minimum 1.5
[Link] for lighting, 2.5 [Link] for power sub-circuits. Determine final size by
voltage drop and actual rating of equipment and appliances selected.
SINGLE INSULATED CABLES
Use only where enclosed in PVC conduit.
CONDUITS
To AS/NZS 3000 Provide rigid metallic conduit, galvanised steel water pipe, rigid or flexible non-
AS/NZS 2053.1 metallic conduits:
- minimum size 20mm generally, 25mm in floor slabs
- conceal all conduits chased into masonry walls or cast in concrete slabs
- in concrete slabs locate entirely within the slab. Space 75mm apart. Do not run
conduits in concrete toppings.
To AS/NZS 2053.2 RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS
Heavy-duty type.
Flexible couplings: provide where crossing structural expansion or contraction
joints.

12.6 Electrical Distribution

GENERAL
Supply electricity underground to medium and high density unit developments.
Point of attachment: as required by the Supply Authority.
Service pole: heavy galvanised steel minimum 150mm diameter to Authorities’
requirements. Paint finish only where required by local council or supply authority.
Service fuses: Provide all service fuses and facilities for incoming supply as
required by the local electricity supply authority.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 132

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

To AS/NZS 3439.3 SWITCHBOARDS AND METERING

AS/NZS 3439.5, Switchboard enclosure: unless otherwise detailed provide a recessed,
AS/NZS 61439.3 weatherproof, galvanised painted steel meter cupboard enclosing all the
switchboard and metering equipment as required by the Supply Authority.
Enclosure locking: provide authority broached lock to meter cupboards/boxes.
Obtain locks from the appropriate Supply Authority and supply keys to Principal’s
Authorised Person.
Common area metering: provide separate metering for common area house
services, lighting and power.
CONSUMER DISTRIBUTION BOARDS (CDBS)
Recessed moulded PVC-type enclosures with see-through hinged cover or door:
- to be flush wall mounted
- locate CDBs within their own discreet cupboards. If not possible, CDBs should
be fully recessed, located in a discreet position such as a corridor. Do not locate
CDB in lounge room.
To AS/NZS 3190 RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICE (SAFETY SWITCHES)
AS/NZS 60898.1 - to be current operated earth leakage circuit breakers.
AS/NZS 60898.2 - rated Residual Current not to exceed 30mA.
- provide RCDs to each final sub-circuit containing socket outlets and/or lighting,
including refrigerator/freezer.
- optional: combination RCD/circuit breaker
- main switch current rating 50% greater than maximum demand of installation it
controls
- install switchboards, distribution boards or consumer distribution boards as
applicable.

12.7 Wiring Installation

To AS/NZS 3000 GENERAL
Conceal cables and conduits, including underground cable or conduit entering the
building, in a manner that will allow wiring replacement without removal of cladding
or lining:
- Install conduits and cables before the installation of wall and ceiling linings, and
before any external landscaping works.
- Arrange wiring such that it does not bridge the cavity in external masonry
- do not penetrate damp-proof courses
- install, terminate and join cables in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations
- do not join cables unless permitted by the Principal’s Authorised Person. Locate
all joints in accessible location, when unavoidable.
To AS/NZS 3000 Submains: size and type or as shown on the drawings. Enclose submains in
conduit.
CABLE ROUTES
Routes shown on drawings are diagrammatic only. Determine the final route of run
to the approval of the Supply Authority:
- do not run cables or conduit in cavities
- run circuits originating at different distribution boards in separate conduits
- run all circuit cabling in approved PVC conduit.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 133

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

PENETRATIONS
Approval Do not penetrate firewalls and structural members without approval.
Sealing: seal cable or conduit penetrations through external building members to
prevent the ingress of moisture.
POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS
Socket outlets: arrange socket outlets within each dwelling unit over a maximum
of 2 circuits. Equally divide outlets to each circuit.
Hot water services: Provide separate circuit to off peak hot water unit, rating to
suit hot water unit’s electrical element. Provide all facilities for off-peak metering
and load controls as per supply authority’s rules and regulations.
Unit garages: Light and power to be connected to each garage and wired to
respective unit.
Common areas: Internal/external including communal basement garages – lighting
shall be wired on a separate circuit to socket outlets.
LABELLING
To AS 3439.1 Switchboard labelling: Labels for each switchboard control, circuit designation
AS/NZS 3000 and rating, warning notices for operational and maintenance personnel.
Schedule cards: provide for each switchboard and each distribution board
mounted in holder with hard plastic cover fixed inside the enclosure door with text
typewritten to show:
- sub-main designation and rating
- light and power circuit number, type and area supplied.

12.8 Accessories
GENERAL
Provide accessories necessary for a complete installation including but not limited
to switches, socket outlets, and telecommunications outlets.

Install flush-mounted accessories, in wall boxes in masonry and in mounting

brackets in stud walls, located as specified and/or shown on drawings.

Wet areas: Position accessories in locations containing baths showers or other

fixed water containers to comply with the requirements of AS/NZS 3000.

All accessories located in close proximity shall be of the same manufacture, size
and material.

To AS/NZS 3133 SWITCHES

Provide number and in location shown on drawings and/or as scheduled.
To AS/NZS 3112 SOCKET OUTLETS (POWER POINTS)
AS/NZS 3133 - Provide socket outlets. Refer to drawings and schedules for number, selection
and location of socket outlets.
- Where socket outlets are not shown on drawings provide socket outlets as per
the following schedule
- Items requiring power which do not require a socket outlet shall be hard wired
and made operational.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 134

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

SOCKET OUTLETS SCHEDULE

ITEM REQUIREMENT APPLICATION –

DWELLING/ROOM

Socket outlet plates Replaceable, with All dwellings

colour contrast to walls
Height of socket 450 to 600mm To living (including family, dining
outlets above the floor room) and bedroom areas for all
level – excluding dwellings including:
laundry, bathroom and  General housing
kitchen  Liveable, accessible dwellings
 SEPP HSPD
Height of socket 1000mm to 1500mm * To kitchen, bathroom, laundry areas
outlets above the floor * Refer to criteria for location for:
level – excluding living below All dwellings liveable, SEPP
and bedroom areas HSPD, accessible, general
housing)

Large rocker action To all rooms for:

switches  Liveable and accessible
dwellings
 SEPP HSPD

Enclosed hallway, Min 1 double per length of easily reached for vacuum
corridor hallway, corridor cleaning, centrally located.

ROOM/AREA NAME REQUIREMENT CRITERIA FOR LOCATION OF

SOCKET OUTLETS POWER POINTS (SOCKET
OUTLETS)

Living Min 3 x double  2 on the wall where the TV,

entertainment area is likely to
be;
 1 on the opposite wall (near
where reading lamp, etc is likely
to be).
1 x single  Add 1 x double extra to ensure
to ensure min 1 for each length of
wall.
Note for SEPP HSPD
dwellings alternatively in
the dining area  1 near a telephone outlet

Dining 2 x double  on a dining room wall, where it

can be easily reached.
and 1 x single  1 near a telephone outlet
for 3 to 6-bedroom
dwellings only
Note for SEPP HSPD
dwellings alternatively in
the living area

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 135

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

Kitchen 1 x single (refrigerator)  adjacent to refrigerator position –

 Locate 1500mm above floor
level
 (locate so easily reached when
the refrigerator is in place, if
possible).

2 x double (above bench)  above kitchen bench, but not

close to sink or stove.
 300mm above bench

1 x single for range hood  adjacent to rangehood (within

kitchen cupboard).

1 x single for microwave  adjacent to microwave oven

oven space (within wall cupboard
above)

1 x single for cooktop  position outlet as required

1 x single for oven  position outlet as required

Main bedroom or only 3 x double  1 on the wall where the TV is

bedroom Unit likely to be (opposite the bed
head);
 2 on the wall where the bedhead
is likely to be (ie on opposite
walls, not near each other).one
of which is near telephone outlet
next to the bed on the side
closest to the door

Each Other Bedroom 2 x double  1 on the wall where the bedhead

and telephone outlet is likely to
be;
 1 on opposite wall.

Bathroom 1 x double  adjacent to mirrored cabinet,

Wet areas power outlets suggested 1500mm above floor
to include in built RCD level, to comply with AS 3000
Protection and Re-set  waterproof or within mirrored
cabinet

Combined 1 x double  adjacent to mirrored cabinet,

Bathroom/Laundry suggested 1500mm above floor
level, to comply with AS 3000
 waterproof or within mirrored
cabinet

 above washing machine,

1 x double
1300mm above floor level (to
Wet areas power outlets allow for dryer above WM)
to include in built RCD
Protection and Re-set


Separate laundry 1 x double  above washing machine,

1300mm above floor level (to
allow for dryer above WM)

Common area 1 x double per floor,  centrally located, easily reached

corridors, lobbies and lockable type for vacuum cleaning,
stairs

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 136

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

Attached Carport/ 1 x double  within storage cupboard in a

carport
Garage
 on back or side wall of a garage

Common room Min 3 x double in general  located where it can be easily

space reached, on a common room wall
(for vacuum cleaning, TV, radio
etc.)

1 x double-kitchen area
 1 adjacent to refrigerator position
2 x double kitchen area
 1 above the kitchen bench

To AS/NZS 3000 Shower Rose with Flexible Hose

For bathrooms with showers that include flexible shower hose and no fixed shower
partition the socket outlet (GPO) shall be located minimum 1.2m radius from the
from the fixed plumbing connection from the end of extended shower hose outlet
and shall be protected by residual current device (RCD) of maximum rating of
30mA. (Within Zone 3 in accordance with AS/NZS 3000).
For socket outlets within 0.6 to 1.2m from the end of extended shower hose (Within
Zone 2 in accordance with AS/NZS 3000) in addition the outlet shall be within an
enclosed cupboard that needs to be maintained in an enclosed position during the
operation of the connected equipment. A flush mounted weatherproof enclosure
with a clear door equal to HPM Cat. WS44 may be used for this purpose.
PHOTO-ELECTRIC SWITCHES
- photo-electric type “daylight switches” relay-operated and capable of switching a
discharge lamp load of 700W at low power factor
- where inductive load exceeds the maker’s requirements provide 4kW AC3
contactors for the switching of the load.
Rating: Provide 20 Amp lighting contactors to control the load where the total load
exceeds the contact rating of the photo-electric switch.
ISOLATING SWITCHES
Provide wall-mounted isolating switches to fixed cooking appliances and other
equipment where required by the Supply Authority and/or shown on the drawings.
Switches to be mounted in an accessible position and within 2m of
appliance/equipment.
To AS/NZS 60598.1 12.9 Light Fittings
GENERAL
- Provide energy fluorescent lamps/ globes to all batten/ lamp holders in locations
shown on drawings. Comply with BCA Section J requirements.
- Supply complete with lamps, control gear and diffusers in bathrooms provide
water-resistant lights where flexible shower fittings are installed.
- Minimum energy performance standards to current Australian Standards.
To AS 4782.2 and
AS/NZS 4783.2 - Self-ballasted lamps to current Australian Standards.
To AS 4847.2 - Incandescent lamps to current Australian Standards.
To AS 4934.2

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 137

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

To AS/NZS 3000 Wet Areas Luminaires

Locate luminaries within wet areas generally outside of zone classifications 0, 1
and 2 as defined in AS/NZS 3000. However, if luminaries cannot be located
outside these zones, they shall meet the required degree of protection in
accordance with AS/NZS 3000.
LIGHT SWITCHES
Locate grouped dimmers and control devices for future access.
Provide ventilation and acoustic treatment to suit the device characteristics.

SWITCHES SCHEDULE
- Provide switches. Refer to drawings and schedules for number, selection and
location of switches.
- Where switches are not shown or specified on drawings provide switches for
each light fitting, exhaust fan, ceiling fan and other fittings as per the following
schedule.
ITEM REQUIREMENT APPLICATION –
DWELLING/ROOM
Light switches  Not architrave type  All dwellings
 Switch plates to be
replaceable with colour
contrast to walls

Height of light switches above 1000mm  All dwellings

the floor level

Wet areas light switches Switches to comply with  Bathrooms/Laundries of

requirements for installation dwellings
in Zone 1

Large rocker action switches Min dimension 30 x 30mm  SEPP HSPD Liveable
or pad switches min 25mm dwellings/ units
diameter

Lamps/globes Low energy consumption  Provide to all batten/ lamp

fitting holders

LIGHT FITTINGS SCHEDULE

- Provide light fittings. Refer to drawings and schedules for number, selection and
location of light fittings.
- Where light fittings, ceiling fans and other fittings are not shown on drawings
and/or where drawings are missing some information provide fittings as per the
following schedule.
- In the event that light fittings, ceiling fans and other fittings selection is not
included in the Contract select fitting to meet the specification and Land and
Housing Corporation Deemed to Comply Product Register.
- In the event that light fittings, ceiling fans and other fittings selection is not
included in the Contract and there is no specification for the fitting or the fitting is
not included in the Land and Housing Corporation Deemed to Comply Product
Register recommend selection meeting relevant standards and obtain Principal’s
Authorised Person’s approval.
- Provide low energy fluorescent lamps/globes to all batten/lamp holders.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 138

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

ROOM/AREA NAME REQUIREMENT

Light outlets

INDIVIDUAL DWELLINGS – INTERNAL LIGHT FITINGS

Internal dwelling entry 1 per entry

Enclosed hallway, corridor Min 1 per length of hallway, corridor

Living Min 1 per room

For SEPP HSPD potential illumination level of 300 lux . This
may require more than 1 light outlet
Ceiling fan with integral light:
- LAHC will provide ceiling fans in all new social housing
properties. Please refer to LAHC Heating and Cooling Policy.
- min 2400mm clearance required to under side of fan

Kitchen/Dining Min 1 per kitchen

Min 1 per dining
For SEPP HSPD potential illumination level of 300 lux. This
may require more than 1 light outlet

Main bedroom or only Min 1 per room

bedroom Unit
For SEPP HSPD potential illumination level of 300 lux
This may require more than 1 light outlet

Each other bedroom Min 1 per room

SEPP HSPD potential illumination level of 300 lux
Bathroom 1 per room
Where possible, located within Zone 3 (AS/NZS 3000).
Combine switch with mechanical ventilation.

Bathroom/laundry 1 per room

Where possible, located within Zone 3 (AS/NZS 3000).
Combine switch with mechanical ventilation.

Separate laundry 1 per room. Combine switch with mechanical ventilation.

Separate toilet 1 per room. Combine switch with mechanical ventilation.

Garage 1 per single garage

2 per double garage

INDIVIDUAL DWELLINGS – EXTERNAL LIGHT FITTINGS

Exterior Doorways 1 per doorway of each front dwelling entry, rear dwelling
entry, laundry, patio entry, balcony entry, etc.)

Attached carport 1 per carport

COMMON AREA – INTERNAL LIGHT FITTINGS

Common room To achieve appropriate lighting levels for reading, dining,

consultations to meet Australian standards

Entry and stair lobby 1 on each floor

easily accessible for maintenance, locate on soffit above each
floor landing (including ground floor) or wall mount.

Emergency Lighting To BCA requirements

Cleaner’s toilet 1 per toilet

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 139

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

COMMON AREA – EXTERNAL LIGHT FITTINGS

Exterior Doorways – front and 1 per doorway

rear lobby entries

Building wall mounted fittings Vandal proof

Garden/ carpark area Pole fittings that achieve the required external lighting
performance (light levels) without light spill for neighbours.

Entry gatehouse 1 per gatehouse

vandal proof

BATTEN HOLDERS/LAMP HOLDERS

- Bayonet “electric white” heat-resistant type with polycarbonate body which
cannot be extracted without first removing the base securing screws
- Able to accept bayonet fitting energy efficient globes
- adjustable type where fixed to sloping ceilings. White flexible pendant drop
where height exceeds 2400mm
- fix at not less than 4 points
- safety device to prevent power contact to surface until globe is inserted.
Fluorescent Tube Type
- Accepts energy efficient tubes
- One piece injection moulded white polycarbonate body and gear cover complete
with lamp holder and caps
- “Snap in” internally frosted polycarbonate diffuser
- Modular electronic gear tray assembly
- Takes 8 watt or 13 watt T5 tubes
INTERIOR COMMON AREA LIGHTS
- To provide Common Area lighting to all common areas egresses and access
ways within residential complexes (entranceways, stairways, corridors, common
rooms, plant rooms etc.)
- To current Australian Standards AS1680 and relevant access standards
- To current BCA including independent Certification of compliance to BCA
- Installed to manufacturers written specification
- Luminaires must be U.V. stabilised and IP65 rated with die cast aluminium (min
20 to 25 micron powdercoated) or ≥3mm polycarbonate housing
- Product must have a recognised Australian Certificate of Approval under the
Electricity Consumer Safety Act 2004
- All fixtures and components to be vandal proof, weather, hose proof and impact
resistant
- Energy efficient lamps (globes/LEDs)
- Colour temperature: 4000-5000K
- Colour rendering index: 80+
- Power factor 90+

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 140

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

- Light sources/ lamp preference based on luminous efficacy i.e. highest lumens
per watt to be given preference. Luminous efficacy of light source/ lamp must be
greater than 60 Lumens/Watt
- Rated lamp average life ≥20,000 hours
- Lumen maintenance” Lumen output of light source/ lamps must be 70% or
greater of original output at the end of the rated lifetime
- Fitting light Output Ratio (LOR) greater than 0.7
- Luminaires must be securely fixed to the surface No hanging fittings
- Luminaires with no hanging points as directed by the Principal’s Authorised
Person to meet building criteria
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 2 years written warranty
LED LAMPS/ LUMINAIRES
- All luminaires must be vandal-resistant LED luminaires with occupancy sensors
that maintain a low level of lighting when areas are unoccupied.
- All luminaire models must have previously been used by an Accredited
Certificate Provider to successfully create Energy Savings Certificates under the
NSW Energy Savings Scheme
- All components of the light fitting including lamps, batteries, covers etc. must be
able to be purchased and replaced individually
- LED rated lamp life ≥50,000 hours
- LED luminous efficacy ≥70 Lumens/Watt at full light output
- LED colour temperature 4000-5000K
- LED colour rendering index ≥80+
- Luminaire power factor ≥0.9+
- Lumen output of LED lamps ≥70% of original output at end of the rated lamp life
- Luminaire Light Output Ratio (LOR) ≥0.7
- All exposed equipment (luminaires, motion sensors, photocells, diffusers etc.)
must be vandal resistant IP65 rated, with ≥3mm thick impact-resistant
polycarbonate covers or equivalent
- All motion sensors or other parts are to be securely contained within the
luminaire, or fixed to the ceiling or luminaire using vandal resistant
security/specialty screws and contained within IP65 rated ≥3mm thick impact-
resistant polycarbonate covers or equivalent
- No equipment is to have leverage or hanging points
- Security/specialty screws are required for all fixings
- Luminaires must be fixed to ceilings using a drilling method – no adhesive
methods will be accepted
- Emergency luminaires must be self-contained with a self-static inverter. System
including battery and battery charger to be non-corrosive.
- Emergency luminaire battery to be heavy duty long life type and duration of
emergency power ≥90 minutes
- Any battery compartments must be either inaccessible or accessible only via
vandal resistant security/specialty screws

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 141

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

EXTERNAL AND COMMON AREA (LANDLORD) LIGHTING

Provide in positions indicated on drawings.
AS/NZS 1158.3.1 External lighting to comply with the following requirements:
- Modular carriage tray with electronic starter
- Weatherproof
- Lights to reduce light spill and sited to illuminate pedestrian and mixed traffic
areas to improve safety and reduce shadow and potential hiding locations.
- Performance to type 3 or 4 Luminaire classification to AS 1158.3
- Lights mounted high on posts or buildings and sited not to spill into windows or
neighbouring buildings. Bollard lighting is not approved
- Meet current Australian Standard 1158 and achieve a ‘P1’ for High levels of
vandalism or ‘P2’ for Medium levels of vandalism in accordance with AS 1158.3
All External lighting
- Vandal proof moulded base
- Impact resistant moulded housing
- Vandal proof opalescent cover—U.V. stabilised diffuser
- Replaceable carriage tray with electronic starter
- No hanging point as directed by the Principal’s Authorised Person - light to be
securely fixed with all cables secure and vandal resistant to prevent access
- Energy efficient tri-phosphor globes and tubes
- Installed to manufacturers written specification
- Performance to Type 3 or 4 Luminaire classification in accordance with AS
1158.3

Building and Car-Park Lighting

- Housing casing glass reinforced polyester or nylon moulded plastic
- Vandal resistant moulded polycarbonate diffuser
- Vandal resistant stainless steel clips
- Where possible all lights are to be fixed to buildings or other structures at a
preferred height of 2m to 3.4m

Pole Top Lighting

- All pole top lighting to be 2m to 3.4m around pedestrian paths
- All pole top lighting to be 3.4 to 4.5m around roadways
- Poles to suite 76 dia or 100 dia spigots
- Poles min 3.6mm thick x 75mm dia. Min 60 micron hot dipped galvanised M.S.
post
- Light fittings to achieve the external lighting performance (light levels) without
light spill for neighbours.

Bollard and up-lighting

- Lighting type is not approved. If found refer back to Principal’s Authorised
Person for direction.

WARRANTY: Provide minimum 2 years written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 142

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

To AS/NZS 2293.1 EMERGENCY LIGHTING

To BCA requirements and as shown on the drawings.
EMERGENCY LIGHTS REQUIREMENT
- To provide Emergency Lights into required common area and egress path within
residential complexes
- To current relevant Australian Standards AS/NZS
- To current BCA including independent Certification of compliance to BCA
- Installed to manufacturers written specification manual.
- Vandal resistant material and fixings.
- Ceiling or wall mounted.
- Diffused or Wire Guard type powder-coat finish
- Non corrosive system including battery and battery charger
- Self-contained emergency luminaires
- Battery to be heavy duty long life type
- Emergency light should contain a self-static inverter
- Duration of emergency power shall not be less than 90minutes

WARRANTY Provide 2 year written warranty on all parts including battery

EXIT LIGHTS REQUIREMENT
- To provide Exit Lights to all common area egresses within residential complexes
- To current Australian Standards AS/NZS2293.1.
- To current BCA including independent Certification of compliance to BCA
- Installed to manufacturers written specification.
- Vandal resistant material and fixings.
- Ceiling or wall mounted.
LED
- LED Lamp average lamp life 60,000hours
- LED globes equivalent to 2watts
- Acrylic diffuser with vinyl decals - U.V. stabilised diffuser
- Vandal resistant housing
- 3 pins flex and plug
- Long life battery.
4W to 8W
- Lamp average lamp life 15000 hours
- Energy efficient cold cathode fluorescent or T5 fluorescent lighting.
- Electronic ballast
- Acrylic diffuser with vinyl decals - U.V. stabilised diffuser.
- Vandal resistant housing
- Long life battery.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 143

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

10W to 12W
- Lamp average lamp life 5000 hours
- Energy efficient fluorescent lighting
- Electronic ballast
- Acrylic diffuser with vinyl decals - U.V. stabilised diffuser
- Vandal resistant housing
- Long life battery
12W to 18W
- External weatherproof exit lights
- Energy efficient fluorescent lighting
- Die cast aluminium/steel or injected moulded housing
- Electronic ballast
- U.V. stabilised diffuser
- Vandal resistant
- Long life battery

WARRANTY: Provide 2 year written warranty on all parts including battery

12.10 Master Antenna Television System, Data Cabling

and Telephony
To AS/NZS 1367 The completed work must achieve a performance-based outcome of ensuring that
each Building has a system capable of receiving and distributing:
 free to Air Television digital transmission for the Master Antenna TV system
(MATVS) to each installed wall plate in the building containing multiple units;
 telephone services; and
 high speed data to an installed wall plate in the building, up to 1000mb/s;
The work required is for the complete delivery of telephone services and data to the
main distribution frame / Premises Connection Device (PCD) to first telephone /
data socket, including pits, conduits and draw wires.
Any Broadband cabling installed must comply with NBN Co specifications. The
work is for data and broadband internet services to the Network Termination Unit
(NTU) including to first RJ45 wall plate including conduits and draw wires.
NBN-TE-CTO-194 Make provision for National Broadband Network Service:
NBN-TE-CTO-284 Installation shall meet NBN Co requirements and include the following:
NBN-NO-GDE-0011 - Installation of the Service Drop Conduit and draw string
- Installation of the NBN communication cabinet
- Installation of the earthing to the fibre communication cabinet
- Installation of the power to the Power Supply Unit (PSU) Location
- Installation of customer wiring conduits, min 25mm dia. with draw wire from the
location of the NTD to each telephone/data outlet within the dwelling.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 144

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

TELEPHONE SERVICE
To AS/CA S009. Contractor is to:
- apply to Telstra to attain phone services and provide all evidence of application.
- pay all application fees and charges.
- if no design exist, to design and pay all associated cost.
- provide all wiring works according to the approved design and connect all
phones, attain all numbers and disconnect prior to handover.
To AS/CA S009 and Small office/ home office installations: Category 6.
AS 11801.4
To AS/NZS 11801.1 Provide labelling to telecommunication cables, cross connects and outlets.
Certificate Required Certificate of Acceptance: provide the Principal’s Authorised Person with a
Telstra “Notification of Completion Certificate” for each telephone serviced dwelling
unit.
Test to TESTING
AS/NZS 3017 Test each pair in every cable for:
- continuity
- correct sequence
- reversed pairs
- transpositions and split pairs
- test the insulation resistance of each pair in the outer layer of every cable, and
of one pair to earth
- provide copies of the test results to the Principal’s Authorised Person.
TELEPHONE OUTLETS
The service shall not include the provision of a handset.

TELEPHONE OUTLETS SCHEDULE

- Provide telephone outlets. Refer to drawings and schedules for number and
location of telephone outlets.
- Where telephone outlets are not shown or specified on drawings provide
telephone outlets as per the following schedule. Confirm location with the
Principal’s Authorised Person.
- Where NBN is available in the area or is being actively rolled out in the area and
will be available by the time of schedule project completion only one NBN Ready
outlet shall be provided in locations as specified.
- Where NBN is not available and is not likely to be rolled out in the near future
two outlets shall be provided in locations as specified – one for data and one for
telephone (copper line).

ROOM LOCATION NUMBER OF OUTLETS REQUIRED CRITERIA FOR

LOCATING TELEPHONE
NBN NBN OUTLETS
AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE
Living Room away from likely T.V.
position, easily reached,
All dwellings
near a likely chair & table
OR position, next to a GPO.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 145

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

Dining away from likely T.V.

position, easily reached,
In 3 to 6 bedroom
near a likely chair & table
dwellings only
position, next to a GPO.
As an alternative to
1 2
locating in Living
Room (DATA) (TELEPHONE
AND DATA)

Main bedroom 1 1 near likely bedhead

position and away from
All dwellings (TELEPHONE) (TELEPHONE)
T.V. on the side close to
the door, next to a GPO.
Data Cabling: To be minimum Cat 6 (capable of supporting data speeds of up to 1,000
Mbps). Cat 6 cable lengths must be limited to a maximum run of 500m per cable run.
Cables are to be terminated at an RJ45 type wall plate.

12.11 Smoke Alarms

SMOKE ALARMS
General
To AS 3786 - Provide smoke detectors to the requirements of the BCA:
* Volume 1 Part E2 Smoke Hazard Management
* Volume 2 Part 3.7.2 Smoke Alarms
- provide a minimum of 1 smoke detector in each dwelling/unit with additional
detectors at each level of multi-level dwellings/units
- interconnect detectors within each multi-level dwelling/unit
- interconnect detectors in common areas and stairwells of multi-storey buildings.
- For accessible and seniors units, provide an isolated alarm silencing (automatic
reset) switch located at a lower level than the level of light switches.

Class 1b, class 3 and existing buildings:

To AS 1670.6, Installation:
AS/NZS 3000 - within each sole occupancy unit connect smoke detectors to lighting circuit
- install line filters to circuits containing fluorescent light fittings
- install to manufacturer’s instructions.

SMOKE ALARMS LOCATION SCHEDULE:

- Provide smoke alarms. Refer to drawings and schedules for number, selection
and location of smoke alarms.
- If selection of smoke alarm/s is included in the Contract but location is not shown
on drawings provide smoke alarm/s as per the following schedule. Confirm
location with the Principal’s Authorised Person.
- In the event that smoke alarm/s selection is not included in the Contract select
smoke alarms to meet the specification and Land and Housing Corporation
Deemed to Comply Product Register.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 146

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

BUILDING TYPE CEILING LOCATION TYPE/ COMMENTS

 single storey in each hallway serving the stand- alone ionisation type
detached bedrooms

cottages
if there is no hallway locate stand-alone photo-electric
 villas between the living area and type
 single storey attached bedrooms, away from
dual occupancy kitchen,

 townhouses if there are bedrooms stand- alone ionisation type

 two storey detached downstairs locate in a
cottages hallway between the living
area and the bedrooms
 two storey attached
dual occupancy if there are no bedrooms stand-alone photo-electric
downstairs locate in the type
living area away from
kitchen, close to the
stairwell

on first floor in a hallway stand-alone ionisation type

outside the bedrooms

 1 bedroom units in a hallway outside stand-alone photo-electric

bedroom type

stand-alone ionisation type

if the same hallway serves
a bedroom and a bathroom

stand-alone photo-electric
if there is no hallway locate type
in the living area

in each internal common interconnected ionisation type

area level on separate common area
circuit.
If the common area links to the
carpark the closest alarm to the
carpark shall be photo-electric
type (interconnected to
ionisation type on separate
common area circuit)

 walk-up apartment in each hallway outside ionisation type

units (other than 1 bedrooms

bedroom) in each internal common interconnected ionisation type

area level on separate common area
circuit.
If the common area links to the
carpark the closest alarm to the
carpark shall be photo-electric
type (interconnected to
ionisation type on separate
common area circuit)

 dwellings or units with as above for dwelling type photo-electric type for dwelling
gas space heaters or unit

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 147

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

 other (class 1(b) and To BCA requirements, Australian Standards and as specified
class 3 buildings e.g. for class 1(b) or class 3 buildings
group homes, boarding
houses, hostels)

SMOKE ALARMS REQUIREMENT

All dwellings
- Certificate of compliance by SSL (Scientific Services Laboratory) for testing to
current Australian Standards
- Ionisation or photoelectric model or Heat Technology
- Test button
- Alarm pause (‘hush’) button to silence alarm (ionisation model)
- Mains operated (hard-wired) 240 volt unit with fixed rechargeable (Lithium)
battery backup (10 years battery life expectancy) – with Min 2 months battery
standby
- Inter-linkable features
- Low power warning
- Installed to manufacturers written specification
- Branded with manufacturers trademark to AS 3786
- Energy Efficient smoke alarm
- Interlink with Isolators / hush button for accessible housing
- Interlink with Strobe lights for hearing impaired

WARRANTY: Provide minimum 10 year written warranty including rechargeable

battery

12.12 Appliances and Other Installations

- Provide appliances and other installations. Refer to drawings and schedules for
item, number, selection and location.
- In the event that appliances and other installations selection is not included in the
Contract select appliances and other installations to meet the specification and
Land and Housing Corporation Deemed to Comply Product Register.
- In the event that appliances and other installations selection is not included in the
Contract and there is no specification for appliances and other installations or the
appliance or other installation is not included in the Land and Housing Corporation
Deemed to Comply Product Register recommend selection meeting relevant
standards and obtain Principal’s Authorised Person’s approval.

ITEM REQUIREMENT
Cooktop (gas or electric)) 1 per dwelling

Oven (electric) 1 per dwelling

Rangehood 1 per kitchen

wall/roof ducted to outside

Energy efficient reverse 1 per dwelling to living room in NCC climate zones 7 (cool
cycle air conditioning units temperate) and 8 (alpine)
and solar photovoltaic
(PV)
PV systems must be 2kW for units and 3.3kW for cottages,
townhouse and villas.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 148

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

RANGEHOOD REQUIREMENT
- To current Australian Standards, Australian Gas Association/ Energy Australia
/Office of Energy.
- Min. air delivery rate 40L/s at max. sound power level 55dB(A) to current
Australian Standards
- Min. 2 speed convertible fan & automatic thermostat cut-off electricity or
impedance protected motor (withstand “locked rotor” conditions for 72 hours
without burning out)
- Min. 55 watt motor
- Min. 3 blade plastic/metal propeller
- Min. 10 layer aluminium mesh grease filters
- Wiring encased in plastic conduits, within unit
- Unit for wall/roof ducting to outside. (Ducting to be minimum of 0.5mm galvanised
steel ducting or ‘Flexi-duct’ similar fire or heat resistant material)
- Min. 50 micron powder coating to galvanised steel casing
- Width to match and align with cook top or stove
- AS marking, brand name, serial no. date code, rated air delivery, sound power
level in dB(A) at rated air delivery and wattage branded on unit
Ducting
- Exhaust to outside
- To be minimum of 0.5mm galvanised steel or “flexi-duct”
(Similar fire or heat resistant material)

WARRANTY:
Minimum 2 years written warranty – parts/labour
Minimum 2 years written warranty – filters

UPRIGHT STOVE REQUIREMENT

Note: In all new construction, separate oven and cooktop only.
Upright Electric (for maintenance work only)
- To current Australian Standards
- Oven capacity 75L min
- 60 minute timer (optional)
- Separate griller and oven compartments
- Fan Forced or conventional oven – Removable oven door with cool to touch
window
- 4 hot plate (solid elements for electric stove)
- Upright or elevated cooker
- Front control or side control buttons only
- Splashback to upright
- AGA approval where appropriate
- Splashback to upright

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 149

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

Wall Oven – Electric

- To current Australian Standards
- Capacity min 80 litre gross capacity
- Combined or separate griller and oven compartments
- Fan forced or conventional oven – Removable oven door with cool to touch
window
- 60 minutes timer
Wall Oven – Liveable Housing (General Housing)
- Bottom hinged, side hinged or slide under oven door
Wall Oven – Accessible Housing
- Side hinged or slide under oven door
- Splashback
Cook Top
- Square white enamel finish hob
- 4 burner hot plate (solid elements for electric cooktop)
- Gas – electric or battery ignition, push to turn safety control, enamelled trivets.
- Gas - flame failure cut off for emergency
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 2 years written warranty
DOOR CHIMES
Provide door chime to entry of each unit/dwelling
- chime must be “two-note” type
- connect to the living room 240 Volt power circuit complete with 240/8 Volt
transformer + batteries
- activate chime by a lighted push button
- install at 1200mm above finished floor
- mount chime and transformer above main entrance door on interior side
- all chimes and push buttons must be white.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 150

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

ELECTRIC SPACE / ELECTRIC PANEL HEATERS

Provide electric heaters where shown on drawings:
- To current Australian Standards
- Only space/panel heaters approved under the Certificate of Approval Scheme
administered by the Office of Fair Trading NSW.
- Installation in accordance to Australia/New Zealand Wiring Rules (AS/NZS 3000)
to current Australian Standards and to local supply authority regulations
To AS/NZS 3000 - Fixed (including wall mounted or recessed or floor mounted) panel or fan
assisted heaters
- Min. 2 heat settings, (LO/HI) Thermostat control on high setting
- Min. 2kW (heat up to 55 m³) to Max. 7kW (heat up to 160 m³) consumption
capacity
- Minimum efficiency of greater than 95%
- Automatic reset thermal cut-out safety feature and fusible link. Branded with
manufacturers name to AS 3103, supplier licensed under Standards Assoc.
Certification Trademark
- Child safe to touch cabinet
- Refer to CR Schedule & DCPR
- 1 electric heater socket outlet
- 1 heater per dwelling
- tiled hearth where carpet is provided for climatic zones 7 & and 8- for climatic
zones 7 and 8
- where gas is not available
- 1 per living room

WARRANTY: Provide a minimum 2 year written warranty.

LAHC will provide energy efficient reverse cycle air conditioning units and solar
photovoltaic (PV) systems to new and existing properties in NCC climate zones 7
(cool temperate) and 8 (alpine). Please refer to LAHC Heating and Cooling Policy.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 151

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

12.13 Television System

To AS/NZS 1367 GENERAL
AS 1417.1 System Type:
- Provide an analogue and digital television distribution system to AS/NZS 1367
and conforming to the recommendations of Digital Broadcasting Australia.
- Provide and locate antennas to receive all locally available free-to-air television
stations.
- Individual antenna, UHF and VHF, - installed outside roof of each dwelling.
Master Antenna Television System (MATV).
Provide and install an MATV antenna system that gives adequate gain, directional
characteristics and polarisation for the nominated services.
System performance: provide tuners to detect all local UHF and VHF and free to
air digital television channels, and to provide good reception throughout.
Picture quality: at each outlet, the picture received on a domestic TV receiver
must not be noticeably different from the picture received when the receiver is
connected directly to the antenna, and is to be free from discernible cross-
modulation, intermodulation, ringing, noise or other distortion.
Capable of receiving Digital TV.
ANTENNA REQUIREMENT
- To current Australian Standards
- Standards Mark / Certified Digital Ready
- Achieve the following minimum readings at the antenna when installed as part of
a MATV system of:
 Signal level of between 50db to 80db
 Modulated Error Ratio (MER) of 25db or higher
 Post Viterbi Bit Error Rate (post Viterbi BER) of less than of
equal to 2X10-4
 Noise Margin (NM) of greater than 0dB
- Galvanised steel boom construction
 2 kg loading on boom end (furthest from mount (tested over 100 cycles)
- Clam shell insulators and flat sided boom to provide element alignment
- 12mm extruded aluminium elements to withstand weather and wildlife
- Tested to wind speed of 100 km/hr
 1 kg loading at unsupported end of any element (tested over 100 cycles)
- UV and corrosion resistant tested in coastal area and western NSW
- ‘F’ Type connectors
- Able to easily connect quad shielded cable and/or mast head amplifier

WARRANTY: Provide 2 years warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 152

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM

MASTS STAYS BOOMS REQUIREMENT
- To current Australian Standards
- Galvanised steel – galvanising Galvabond Z275 to at least 19 microns of
galvanising (zinc) on these items.
- Booms should be powder-coated with polyester through an automated
electrostatic multistage pre-treatment process.
- Samples tested and verified by an 800 hour neutral salt spray test
- Able to withstand wind of 100km/hr

WARRANTY: Provide 2 years warranty

MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM – AMPLIFIER REQUIREMENT
Mast head Amplifiers, Channelised Amplifiers, Wide Band Amplifiers
- To current Australian Standards
- Standards Mark / Certified Digital Ready
- Achieve the following minimum readings after the amplifier when installed as part
of a digital ready MATV system of:
Signal level of between 50db to 80db
Modulated Error Ratio (MER) of 25db or higher
Post Viterbi Bit Error Rate (post Viterbi BER) of less than or equal to
2X10-4
Noise Margin (NM) of greater than 0dB
- UV stable, weatherproof housing capable of mast attachment or surface mount
- Adjustable gain for VHF and UHF bands
- Built in lightning / static protection

WARRANTY: Provide minimum 2 years written warranty

MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM – CABLE REQUIREMENT
Flexible cables RG6 and RG11 shall have a continuous dielectric such that the
centre conductor is in full contact with the dielectric along the entire length of the
coaxial cable
RG 11 Low Loss Quad Shield Cable
- 1.63mm/14 AWG solid copper covered steel conductor
- Enclosed in polyethylene insulation
- 2 layers of Foil tape
- 60% Aluminium braid and 40% Aluminium braid
- Black PVC outer casing
- DC requirements – current carrying capacity 5A for RG11

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 153

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

RG 6 Quad Shield Cable

- 1.02mm/18 AWG solid copper covered steel conductor
- Enclosed in polyethylene insulation
- 2 layers of Foil tape
- 60% Aluminium braid
- Black PVC outer casing
- DC requirements – current carrying capacity 3A for RG6

All cable connections to be crimped or compression with appropriate F type

connectors
Use RG6 quad core for runs of less than 50m and RG11 quad core for runs more
than 50m and for backbone cabling.

WARRANTY: Provide minimum 2 years written warranty

TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
Carry out tests at each outlet to demonstrate compliance with the specification.
Certificate Required
Electrical installations: Test to AS/NZS 3017. Provide a certificate showing test
results and certifying compliance with AS/NZS 3000
Telecommunications cabling: To AS/NZS ISO/IEC 15018 and the
recommendations of SAA HB 29. Test the cable link performance in accordance
with the recommendations of SAA HB 29 at the maximum frequency and data rate
for the cable class, and the cable category. Provide a certificate showing test
results and certifying compliance with AS/NZS ISO/IEC 15018.
Television and audio systems: To AS/NZS 1367. Test the complete television
and audio system. Provide a certificate showing test results and certifying
compliance.
Certificate: provide a certificate of guarantee of signal strength for Newcastle,
Sydney, and Wollongong etc., as applicable. Issue to Principal’s Authorised
Person.
Rectification: correct the system, and replace components without extra cost, as
necessary to achieve compliance.
To AS 1367 CABLING
To AS 1417.1 Coaxial cable: single core with a nominal impedance of 75ohms.
Cabling between buildings: run underground in conduit with 600mm cover
Lightning protection: To AS.
To AS/NZS 1367 AMPLIFIERS –
Power supply: connect to landlord supply
OUTLETS
Coaxial cable sockets flush-mounted on high impact plastic plate

MATV /TELEVISION ANTENNA SYSTEM OUTLET LOCATIONS

- Provide MATV/ television antenna outlets. Refer to drawings and schedules for
number and location of outlets.
- Where TV outlets are not shown on drawings provide TV outlets as per the
following schedule. Confirm location with the Principal’s Authorised Person.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 154

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

ROOM LOCATION ANTENNA/ SYSTEM CRITERIA FOR LOCATING ANTENNA/

OUTLET REQUIRED SYSTEM OUTLET

Living room 1 adjacent to likely T.V. position and

All dwellings power point, not near a window, away
from the telephone outlet

Main bedroom 1 adjacent to likely T.V. position and power

point, away from likely bedhead position
and not near window, opposite wall to
telephone outlet.

Common room 1 adjacent to likely T.V. position and power

(SEPP HSPD only) point, not near window

Certificate Required 12.14 Mechanical Ventilation

To AS/NZS 1668.1 MECHANICAL VENTILATION
To AS 1668.2 Provide mechanical ventilation/exhaust fans to:
- Bathroom (exhaust fan to include humidity sensor trigger)
- Laundry
- Toilet/WC
- Plant room
- Other rooms/locations as shown on drawings
To AS 4254 Comply with To AS/NZS 1668.1 and AS 1668.2 and as required by the BCA
- Duct to outside
- Conceal ductwork in wall/ceiling/roof
EXHAUST FANS >1KW REQUIREMENT
ONLY installed to provide adequate ventilation and airflow to an enclosed plant
room or shafts and stair pressurisation etc.
- To current Australian Standards AS/NZS
- To current BCA including independent Certification of compliance to BCA
- Installed to manufacturers written specification
- Vandal resistant material and fixings
- Ceiling or wall mounted
- Noncorrosive system
- Heavy duty type product including long life bull bearing motor
- Airflow >500m³/hour
- Quiet operation
- Turbo fan
- Duct outlet shall be made of non-combustible materials
- Removable grill
- Installed with appropriate dampers
- Interconnectable to control mechanisms
WARRANTY: Provide 2 year written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 155

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

CEILING FANS
Please refer to LAHC Heating and Cooling Policy.
Provide ceiling fans/ fan units in living rooms and bedrooms, and integral light as
shown on the drawings:
- LAHC will provide ceiling fans in all new social housing properties.
- LAHC will retrofit ceiling fans into existing properties subject to suitable ceiling
height, and available funding
- Install to manufacturers specification and details
- Provide control switching integrated with light switches.
WARRANTY: Provide 2 year written warranty

12.15 Solar Photovoltaic Grid System

To AS 3000 Refer to project drawings
AS 3008 Design, supply, install and commission a complete solar electric photovoltaic system.
AS/NZS 5033 The system shall be from an approved Clean Energy Council accredited installers

AS 4777 The photovoltaic system shall consist of:

- Photovoltaic panels arrays
- Grid connected inverter/s to suit
- DC power cabling reticulation and safety devices from the photovoltaic module
array to inverter/s
- Control cabling as required
- Metering, cabling and hardware required for grid connection to a dual element
Supply Authority meter
Ensure that the DC and AC voltage drop does not exceed 1%
The Trade Contractor shall provide all necessary mounting and support on the roof
for the PV panels.
Refer to architectural roof layouts for photovoltaic panel position(s). Final numbers
and exact mounting method to be determined to suit site conditions and selected
manufacturer’s requirements.

The Contractor shall provide:

- Testing and commissioning
- As-built drawings and operational and maintenance manuals
- Warranty of the works
- Comprehensive maintenance for the duration of the defects and liability period
- 2 hrs training for persons nominated by Project Manager

12.16 Lift

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 156

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS

GENERAL
To AS 1735.1 Where shown on the drawings provide a Motor Room-Less (MRL) Electric traction
lift:

Up to 3 floors Standard Lift

- 13 persons 884 kg
- Door opening 900 x 2100
- Clear car size 1400 wide x 1600 deep
- Well size 2100mm wide x 2100mm deep
- Pit depth 1400mm
- Overhead 3800mm (measured top landing level to the top of the shaft)
Over 3 floors (more than 12m stretcher lift
- 14 persons 852 kg
- Door opening 900 x 2100mm
- Clear car size 1100mm wide x 2100mm deep
- Well size 2000mm wide x 2500mm deep
- Pit depth 1400mm
- Overhead 4000mm (measured top landing level to the top of the shaft)

General Fit out for all lifts

- Vandal resistant surfaces (paint and scratch resistive
- Lighting—vandal resistant, low energy consumption and long life LED lighting
- Lift buttons and controls to meet access requirements of AS1735.12
- Voice annunciation as a minimum of floor levels, door position and lift direction
- Provide for future CCTV installation with voice facilities to lift car. CCTV to be
activated when lift call is activated and turned off when lift goes into standby

- Lift phones with auto dial facilities

- Ventilation fans
- Lift shaft FRL of not less than 120/120/120
- Provide warning signs in accordance with BCA clause E3.3 warning against use
of lifts in case of fire
- Lift shaft FRL of not less than 120/120/120

On completion of lift installation, the lift needs to be registered with SafeWork NSW.

WARRANTY: Provide a 15 year warranty

MAINTENANCE: Provide initial 12 months maintenance and servicing period

FINISHES: Refer to drawings

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 157

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

GAS SERVICE

13: Gas Service

13.1 General
GAS SUPPLY
Provide and install individual metering to each unit.
Certificate Required CERTIFICATE
Refer to PRELIMINARIES: Materials and Workmanship.
On completion the Contractor is to certify that the materials and installation comply
with the code requirements.
WORK-AS-EXECUTED DRAWINGS
Provide at Completion/ Practical Completion drawings showing the locations of
pipes and fittings, depths of underground pipework, positions of control valves, and
the like.

13.2 Inspections
Inspection Required Give 48 hours’ notice so that inspection may be made at the following stages:
- trenches excavated and ready for pipe laying
- work ready for specified testing
- enclosed work ready to be covered up or concealed
- any other inspections required by the Supply Authority.

13.3 Quality and Work Practices

To AS/NZ 5601.1 GENERAL
TESTING
Test the installation as required by the Supply Authority.
GUARANTEES
Provide the Principal’s Authorised Person with manufacturer’s warranties and
guarantees of the appliances and accessories used in the works.
COMMISSIONING
On satisfactory completion and testing, turn on isolating and control valves, purge
and charge the installation, and hand over fully charged with gas.
ACCESSIBILITY
Install components of the installation, such as pipework fittings, so that they are
removable without damage either to themselves or to the building structure or
finishes:
- Do not run pipework in cavities.
Approval Enclosed pipework:
- obtain approval for the location of inaccessible pipe runs and pipe fittings, and
record on ‘work-as-executed’ drawings.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 158

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

GAS SERVICE

To AS/NZS 5601.1, EMBEDDED PIPEWORK

Install in continuous lengths, without fittings, and not crossing any movement joint
or joint between two (2) adjoining sections of reinforced concrete through which
the reinforcement does not extend.
Sleeves: at building penetrations provide purpose made metal or plastic sleeves
(in fire-rated elements, metal only) formed from pipe sections:
- prime paint ferrous surfaces
- maintain fire and acoustic ratings.
To AS 1599 Sheathing: wrap the pipe in 250 micrometre polyethylene, high impact resistant,
secured by an approved 55mm wide pressure sensitive adhesive polyethylene
tape at 1 metre intervals.
To AS/NZS 5601.1, UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS
Location marking: During backfilling lay warning tape 300 mm above, and for the
full length of, buried natural gas pipes.
To AS 1345 - minimum 100mm width of durable plastic material, coloured, with ‘GAS PIPE
UNDER’ marked continuously.
CORROSION PROTECTION
Protect underground ferrous pipe and other pipework liable to external corrosion
by either sheathing or sleeves.

13.4 Materials
To AS/NZS 5601.1, GENERAL
AS 4645 Marker plates: Provide at ground level at each change of direction engraved to
show the direction of the line and the name of the service. Inset the marker in a
150 x 150 x 150mm concrete block, with top set flush with the finished ground or
surface level.
Valves: Do not install valves below ground level unless they are in underground
control boxes.
REGULATORS
To AS/NZS 5601.1, Install regulators in gas lines to regulate pressure:
To AS/NZS 1596 Natural gas: To approval list 205 of AGA and ALGPA ‘Approved Appliances and
Components’.
LP gas: Install diaphragm.
Venting: LP gas.
VALVES
To AS4617 Natural gas: Install valves to control and cut off gas flow in gas lines, and to
approval list of AGA and ALPGA ‘Approved Appliances and Components’.
To AS/NZS 1596 LP gas: Install valves to control and cut off gas flow in gas line and to approved
list of AGA and ALPHA ‘Approved Appliances and Components’.

13.5 Gas Supply

CONNECTION TO MAIN SUPPLY
The Contractor is responsible for making arrangements and paying all fees for
connection to the main supply, including the provision of the main meter:
- provide gas meter assembly complete with meter, control valve, inlet and outlet
meter risers, service governor and all other necessary fittings
To AS/NZS 5601.1
- install meter.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 159

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

GAS SERVICE

To AS/NZS 1596 LPG CYLINDER INSTALLATION

AS 2030.1 - provide gas regulators, change over valves and all necessary fittings to comply
with the Authority’s requirements.

13.6 Finishes
PIPE FINISHES
Finish exposed pipework, including fittings, supports and the like as follows:
Copper and copper alloys: internal locations – chrome plate. External locations
– natural finish.
Galvanised steel: full gloss solvent borne paint system as specified in PAINTING.
To AS/NZS 5601.1 pipework identification

13.7 Fixtures and Fittings

To AS/NZS 5601.1 GENERAL
- provide number and in locations as shown on drawings and/or as scheduled.
- install in accordance with the requirements of the regulatory Authorities.
- install brass control cocks and unions for gas ranges and water heaters.
GAS BAYONET
- Provide gas bayonet to dwelling/unit living areas and common rooms in SEPP
HSPD projects.
- Provide for climatic zones 4, 5 and 6 against external wall that is suitable for a
future gas appliance flue
GAS BAYONET AND GAS SPACE HEATER
Provide gas bayonet fitting and space heater for climatic zones 7 and 8 and Principal
identified cold towns
- where gas is available
- flued to the outside
- tiled hearth where carpet is provided
GAS HOT WATER HEATERS
- Refer to PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING,
- GAS WATER HEATERS REQUIREMENT
GAS SPACE HEATERS
Where shown on the drawings provide:
- Natural Gas/Town LPG/Bottled LPG/Town Propane
- Wall mounted convection heater, thermostat heat control automatic electronic
ignition, timer, regulated gas flow and flued combustion gases
- Child safe to touch cabinet
- Min. 4.3 efficiency stars and 6.0 emissions star rating
- Double lined flue within ceiling space
- Heaters with flues
- Gas input – Min. size: 5 MJ/hr
- Gas input – Max. size: 23 MJ/hr

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 160

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

GAS SERVICE

- Labelling of appliances, specifying min. allowable room volume and capacity of

heater in MJ/hr
- Installation to AGA requirements
- AGA certificate of approval
- 1 heater per dwelling located in living room

WARRANTY
Provide a minimum 10 years written warranty for burner, 2 years for fan and min. 1
year for other parts.
GAS STOVE
Refer to ELECTRICAL Appliances and other installations: STOVE
APPLIANCES
Include warranties: Refer to PRELIMINARIES.
COLD WATER CONNECTIONS
Connect the cold water supply to storage and instantaneous water heaters as
specified in PLUMBING AND SANITARY PLUMBING: Water services.
To AS/NZS 5601.1 FLUES
Provide flued heating exhaust.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 161

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLASTERING

14: Plastering
14.1 General
EXTENT
Prepare surfaces and finish as itemised in SCHEDULES: Schedule of
Plaster/Render Finishes.
DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Section the terms “plaster”, “plastering”, and the like
includes the terms “render” and “rendering”, and the like except where the context
otherwise requires.

14.2 Quality and Work Practices

To AS CA 27 GENERAL
To HB 161 - clean, de-grease and make good any defects in the background which might
adversely affect the quality of plasterwork
- apply each coat to the whole of each undivided plane area in one continuous
operation.
- Thickness limits
* One coat work: 12 – 15 mm
* Multi-coat work:
 First coat: 9 – 15 mm
 Floating coat (if any): 6 – 9 mm
 Finishing coat (except setting coats): 6 – 9 mm
 Setting coat: 2 – 3 mm
Tolerances: finish plane surfaces within a tolerance of 3mm in 3 metres
anywhere in any direction. Make true corners, angles and edges, and curved or
radiused surfaces, within equivalent tolerances.
Waterproof render: Provide for all external renderings an approved
waterproofing compound to manufacturer’s recommendations:
- avoid puncturing or plugging waterproof render
- where it is necessary to drill through waterproof render restore the barrier by
sealing around the penetrations.
Waterproofing membrane for external above-ground use: Comply with AS
4654.1 and AS 4654.2 for areas such as balconies, membrane roofs, planter boxes
and terraces.
Finish:
- make finished surfaces even, free from defects, and true to the required surface
- make vertical surfaces plumb and horizontal surfaces level
- make re-entrant corners and salient angles straight and true.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 162

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLASTERING

Finish:
- make finished surfaces even, free from defects, and true to the required surface
- make vertical surfaces plumb and horizontal surfaces level
- make re-entrant corners and salient angles straight and true.
Embedded items:
Sheath water pipes and other embedded items to permit thermal movements.
Weepholes:
Keep weephole openings free of plaster and maintain a consistent opening size.
Cornices:
Cut and mitre corners of cornices accurately. Match and align ornament. Do not
make butt joints in the length of a cornice unless required, or full lengths are not
available.
Fix cornice using adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Where the cornice projects across a ceiling for 400mm or more, reinforce with
additional mechanical fixings. Fix at ≤ 600mm centres.
PREPARATION
Provide substrates as follows:
- Clean and free from any deposit or finish which may impair adhesion of plaster.
- If framed or discontinuous, support members in full lengths without splicing.
Approval - If solid or continuous, remove excessive projections and fill voids and hollows
with plaster stronger than the first coat and not weaker than the substrate.
- Ensure that items to be concealed behind plasterwork, such as pipes, conduits
and the like, are chased and fixed in position:
- cover chases over 50mm wide, with strips of expanded metal lath to 75mm
beyond each side of the recess
- all pipework is to be fully tested before plasterwork is commenced.
Bonding agents:
- coat concrete surfaces to be rendered with an approved PVA bonding agent
- do not use bonding agents on background surfaces other than concrete without
approval.
Dense concrete: where not sufficiently rough to provide a mechanical key,
roughen by hacking, bush hammering, or abrasive blasting to a depth of 3mm to
expose the aggregate and then apply a dash coat.
- coat with proprietary bonding agent.
Absorbent substrates:
- If suction is excessive, control it by dampening but avoid over-wetting and do
not plaster substrates showing surface moisture.
Painted surfaces:
- Remove paint and hack the surface at close intervals.
Untrue substrates:
If the substrate is not sufficiently true to ensure conformity with the thickness limits
for the plaster system, or has excessively uneven suction resulting from variations
in the composition of the substrate, apply additional coats without exceeding the
thickness limits for the substrate or system

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 163

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLASTERING

Brickwork: where not rough-jointed, rake out joints 5mm deep.

Concrete blockwork: apply a dash coat.
Dash coat: mix 1 part cement and 2 parts coarse sand to the consistency of a
thick slurry and forcibly dash it on to the background to give a rough cast coating 3
– 5mm thick. Cure under damp conditions and allow to harden. Protect from drying
out before applying subsequent coats.
Wall plates: provide background support for render by fixing a 150mm wide
expanded metal lath to edge of wall plates and over face of brickwork below.
Arch bars: wrap exposed arch bars with galvanised wire mesh.

APPLICATION
Plaster Thickness Table

Substrate Cement render, total thickness of

single or multi-coat work

Brickwork and blockwork Minimum 12mm

Lightweight concrete and blocks Minimum 12mm

Metal lath measured from the face of Minimum 18mm

the lath

Temperature:
If the ambient temperature is ≤ 10°C or ≥ 30°C, ensure that the temperature of
mixes, substrates and reinforcement at the time of application are between 5°C and
35°C.
FINISHES
Finishing Treatments:
Bag: Rub the finish coat when set firm with a hessian pad or similar.
Carborundum stone: Rub the finish coat when set hard with a carborundum stone
to achieve a finish free from sand.
Foam float: Float finish coat on application with a wood or plastic float to an even
surface and finish with a foam float to achieve a fine sand textured finish.
Steel trowel: Steel trowel finish coat to a smooth dense surface which is not glass-
like and is free from shrinkage cracks and crazing.
Wood or plastic float: Float the finish coat on application with a wood or plastic
float to an even surface.
Specialist plaster finish (Polymer modified render): Coloured or textured polymer
modified render to be trowelled on or applied in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 164

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLASTERING

PROTECTION AND CURING

- protect finished work from the elements of sun, wind and rain and from damage
by building operations and any other causes.
- provide temporary coverings as required and protect windows and doors
- remove mortar splashes as the work proceeds.
Keeping moist: If a proprietary curing agent is not used, keep the plaster moist as
follows:
- Base coats and single coat systems: Keep continuously moist for 2 days and
allow to dry for 5 days before applying further plaster coats.
- Finish coats: Keep continuously moist for 2 days.
Cement based work: Cure by preventing rapid or uneven drying out.
Gypsum based work: Do not subject gypsum-based work to persistent dampness
after it has set.

14.3 Materials
To AS CA27 GENERAL
To AS 3972 Sand: Fine, sharp, well graded sand with low clay content and free from
To AS 1672.1 efflorescing salts.
To AS/NZS 2589 Cement: General purpose cement type GP delivered to site in branded and sealed
bags.
Lime: Branded hydrated lime delivered to site in sealed bags.
To AS CA27
Gypsum plaster: Provide a proprietary product containing calcium sulfate
hemihydrate with additives to modify setting.
To AS 1397 Admixtures: Use admixtures of approved type in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions.
Lime putty: Prepare lime putty as follows: Stand dry hydrate of lime to
AS/NZS 1672.1 and water for 24 hours or more without drying out.
Colouring products: Provide proprietary products manufactured for colouring
cement plaster. Integral pigment proportion to be 5% maximum by weight of
cement.
Water: Clean fresh drinking water, free of impurities.
Metal lath: Sheet steel expanded mesh, galvanised, coating class Z200.
Beads:
Location: Fix beads as follows:
- Angle beads: At all external corners.
- Drip beads: At all lower terminations of external plaster.
- Movement control beads: At all movement control joints.
- Stop beads: At all terminations of plaster and junctions with other materials or
plaster systems.
- Joints in beads: Provide dowels to maintain alignment.
Mechanical fixing to substrate: ≤ 300 mm centres.
Material:
- Internal location: Metallic coated sheet AZ 150.
- External location: Stainless steel or PVC

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 165

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLASTERING

MIXES
Select a mix proportion to suit the conditions of application.
Measure binders and sand by volume using buckets or boxes. Do not allow sand to
bulk by absorption of water.
Ensure that successive coats are no richer in binder than the coat to which they are
applied.
Mix Proportion Table - Cement Render/ Plastering, by Volume

Type Application Cement:Lime:Sand Mix

1 for clay brick and/or concrete [Link], + waterproofing agent and

background (external work) mortar plasticiser

2 for clay brick and/or concrete [Link]

background (internal work and
wet areas)

3 for concrete brick or block [Link]

work (internal only)

4 for concrete ceiling skim coat gypsum plaster: washed sand mix
2:5

5 for concrete ceilings-setting hardwall/plaster: lime putty mix 3:1

coat over skim coat

Mixing: Machine-mix and maintain uniform proportion, colour and consistency

from batch to batch:
- do not re-temper mortar
- use mixes containing cement within 2 hours
- use mixes containing gypsum plaster within 30 minutes
- let lime putty stand for 24 hours before use.

14.4 Junctions and Trims

JOINTS
Flush joints: Provide recessed edge and setting compound and finish flush with
perforated reinforcing tape.
External corner joints: Make joints over zinc-coated steel corner beads.
Wet areas: Install additional supports, flashings, trim and sealants as required.
Joints in tiled areas: Do not apply a topping coat after bedding perforated paper
tape in bedding compound.
Decorative joints: Apply decorative joints in the second coat of two coat work as
required.
CONTROL JOINTS
Provide joints in the finish to coincide with control joints in the substrate. Make
sure that the joint in the substrate is not bridged during plastering.
- Depth: Extend the joint right through the plaster and reinforcement to the
substrate.
- Width: 3mm, or the same width as the substrate joint, whichever is greater.
Damp-proof courses: Do not continue plaster across damp-proof courses

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 166

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PLASTERING

MOVEMENT JOINTS
Provide purpose-made zinc-coated control joint beads at not more than 12 m
centres and to coincide with movement joints in the background:
- ensure that the background joint is not bridged during plastering
- extend the joint right through the plaster to the background.
V JOINTS
Provide v joints, cut right through the plaster to the background, in the following
locations:
- at junctions between different background materials, except where metal lath is
specified
- at abutments with other finishes, e.g., set surfaces.
- at abutments with metal door frames.
TRIM
Finish plaster to a 5mm radius for salient angles.

14.5 Schedule of Plaster/Render Finishes

Element Finish Mortar type & coats
Concrete ceiling. Smooth trowel I - PVA bonding coat
finish. ii - Type 5, skim coat
iii - Type 6, setting coat
Internal clay brick walls Wood float and I - Type 2 one coat cement
(not walls in wet areas finish with a render
or background to plastic foam float
tiling). to a fine sand
texture finish.
Internal concrete walls. As for internal clay I - One dash coat
brick walls. ii - Type 3 one coat cement
render
Internal cement brick walls. As for internal clay I - Type 4, one coat cement
brick walls. render
Internal wet area walls As for internal clay brick I - Type 2, one coat cement
(shower, bathroom, WC, walls. When wall is set render
laundry ) incl. background rubdown area not to be tiled
to tiled walls. with a carborundum stone
to an approved smooth
finish.
External clay brick or As for internal clay brick I - Type 1, one coat
concrete background. walls. waterproof cement render
External WCs, meter, As for internal brick walls. I - Type 1, one coat
cupboards, storerooms. waterproof cement render
Concrete soffits of Wood float to a fine sand I - PVA bonding coat
verandahs, textured finish. ii - Type 1, one coat
external/internal stair flights waterproofed cement
and landings, etc. (not render to 10mm max.
where off-form concrete is thickness
specified).
Top of concrete elements Wood float to a fine sand I - Type 1, 20mm nominal
(i.e. Hoods, roofs etc. textured finish. thickness, one coat
waterproof cement render
Note: For mortar types see 14.3 – Materials

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 167

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

TILING & WET AREA WATERPROOFING

15: Tiling & Wet Area Waterproofing

15.1 General
15.2 Inspections
Inspection Required Give 48 hours’ notice to the Principal’s Authorised Person so that the following can
be inspected:
- flashing and waterproofing of wet area floors and walls before covering
- background immediately before starting tiling
- initial or trial set-out
- control joints before sealing and grouting
- completion of tiling.

15.3 Quality and Work Practices

SAMPLES
- Provide three tiles of each type.
- Grout sample.
- Minimum 300mm length sample of movement joint material/ cover.
PREPARATION
Substrates without wet area membranes:
- Clean off any deposits on the surface which may affect the adhesion of location
of tiles.
- Remove excessive projections.
- Fill any voids and hollows which are bigger than 10mm with a cement-sand mix
not stronger than the substrate or weaker than the bedding.
- Fill voids less than 10mm with a latex modified cementitious product and
eliminate feathering by scabbling the edges.
- For absorbent substrates, control excessive suction by dampening but avoid
over-wetting and do not apply mortar bedding to substrates showing surface
moisture.
- For dense concrete that are not sufficiently rough to provide a mechanical key,
roughen by scabbing or the like to remove nominal 3mm off the surface and
expose the aggregate. Apply a bonding treatment afterwards.
To AS 3958.1 GENERAL
To AS/NZS 4586 - Floor tiles to concrete floors to be laid on bedding mortar.
- Fix wall tiles generally before floor tiles.
- Set out tiles to give joints of uniform widths.
- Joint alignment: Set out tiling with joints accurately aligned in both directions
and wall tiling joints level and plumb.
- Joint position: Set out tiles from the centre of the floor or wall to be tiled and, if
possible, ensure cut tiles are a half tile or larger.
- Fixtures: If possible, position tiles so that holes for fixtures and other
penetrations occur at the intersection of horizontal and vertical joints or in the
centre of tiles.
- Grade floor to even and correct falls from all walls to floor wastes and elsewhere
as required.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 168

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

TILING & WET AREA WATERPROOFING

- Change of finish: Maintain finished floor level across changes of floor finish
including carpet.
- Suitably prepare the substrates to receive the bedded finish.
Drying and shrinkage
Before tiling, allow at least the following times to elapse (for initial drying out and
shrinkage) for these substrates:
- Concrete slabs: 42 days.
- Concrete blockwork: 28 days.
Toppings on slabs and rendering on brick or blockwork: A further 21 days.
- Check all cartons of tiles are from the same batch
- Monitor shade variation as tile are laid to minimise excessive contrasting and
maintain a balanced tone
- Installation only by a licensed tiler
TESTING
To AS 4459 Provide independently certified test data to demonstrate compliance with the
Specification.
To AS/NZS 4586 Slip resistance: Floor tiles must have a surface slip resistance classification in
accordance with the requirements of the NCC when tested to AS/NZS 4586.
Acoustic testing: Determine the weighted normalised impact sound pressure level
To AS ISO 717.2 as measured for the acoustic underlay as part of the entire tiling system.
CUTTING AND LAYING
Cut tiles neatly to fit around fixtures and fittings and at margins where necessary.
Drill holes without damaging tile faces. Rub edges smooth without chipping.
Return tiles into sills, reveals and openings. Butt up to returns, frames, fittings and
other finishes. Strike and point up beds where exposed. Cut recesses where
necessary for soap holders and the like.
Falls and levels
Lay floor tiling to even and correct falls generally and to floor wastes and
elsewhere as required. Make level junctions with walls. If falls are not required, lay
level.
Generally, falls to be minimum 1:100.
Falls in shower areas to be minimum 1:60.
Bath ventilation
Ventilate the space below fully enclosed baths with at least 2 vermin proofed
ventilating tiles.
Sealed joints
Fill joints with silicone sealant and finish flush with the tile surface where tiling joins
sanitary fixtures and at corners of walls in showers.
Material: Anti-fungal modified silicone.
TILING AROUND WINDOWS – BRICK CONSTRUCTION
Tile window reveals to the height of wall tiles. Provide tiled sill with 1:20 fall.
GROUTING
Fill the joints solid and tool flush. Clean off the surplus grout. Wash down when
grout has set. When grout is dry polish the tile surface with a clean cloth.
COMPLETION
Clean the tiles surface with the appropriate tile cleaning agent, and polish.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 169

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

TILING & WET AREA WATERPROOFING

15.4 Materials
GENERAL
To AS 2758.1 Sand: Washed sand.
To AS 3972 Cement: Type GP – general purpose Portland cement.
To AS 3972 White cement: Type GP, with iron salts content not exceeding 1%.
To AS 1672.1 Lime:
Water: clean and free from any deleterious materials.
To AS ISO 13006 Floor Tiles: Fully vitrified tiles or porcelain
Wall Tiles: Glazed ceramic tiles, vitrified tiles
To AS ISO 13007.1 ADHESIVES
In accordance with the adhesive manufacturer’s recommendations for the
conditions of use
To AS 3958.1 BEDDING MORTAR
Mixing: from cement and sand with minimum water.
Proportioning: select proportions from the range 1:3 to 1:4 cement:sand to
obtain satisfactory adhesion
To AS 3958.1 GROUT
Use mould and bacteria resistant grout.
Pigments for coloured grout: Colourfast fillers compatible with the grout
material. For cement-based grouts, lime-proof natural or synthetic metallic oxides
in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions compatible with cement.
For terracotta tiles, provide proprietary polymer modified grout
To AS 3958.1 SEALANTS

15.5 Waterproofing Wet Areas

To AS 3740, AS GENERAL
4858 Comply with requirements in BCA [Link].
- water based (no solvent release)
- waterproof all wet area floors with membrane falls to floor waste outlets
- provide leak control flanges around floor wastes to all wet area floors.
Installation to manufacturer’s instructions
- provide screed, to all base materials with steel trowel finish to minimum 1:80
screed falls to leak control flange prior the installation of the membrane.
Minimum screed thickness 10mm. Allow minimum two (2) days curing
- provide membrane on screed including hobs and extend membrane minimum
300mm up wall at floor/wall and bath/wall junctions, and 1800mm high to walls
where showers are located
- provide to walls of splashbacks
- installation only by accredited applicators registered with the NSW
Waterproofing Industry Association
- undertake necessary testing to confirm watertightness and required
To AS 4858 performance of the installation

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 170

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

TILING & WET AREA WATERPROOFING

Substrate moisture content

To AS 1884 Verify that the moisture content of the substrate is compatible with the water vapour
Appendix A transmission rate of the membrane system by testing.
Bond breakers
To AS 3740 Provide bond breakers that are compatible with the extensibility class of the
membrane to be used.
Material to be purpose made bond breaker tapes and closed cell foam backing rods
or fillets of sealants.
Sealants
Waterproof, flexible and mould resistant sealant compatible with host material.
Membrane terminations
Edge protection: Provide > 150mm upturns.
Waterproofing membrane upturn in showers: Minimum 1800mm high.
Anchoring: Secure sheet membranes along the top edge.
Edge protection: Protect edges of the membrane.
Waterproofing above terminations: Waterproof the structure above the termination
to prevent moisture entry behind the membrane using tiler’s angle and finish
overlaps.
To AS 3740 Water stop angles
Provide water stop angles at door thresholds and shower enclosures to support
the waterproof membrane at junctions between waterproofed and non-
waterproofed areas.
Size the vertical leg of the water stop angle in accordance with current Australian
Standards.
At corners, cut the horizontal leg and bend the vertical leg instead of forming
vertical joints between separate lengths of angle.
Fix using compatible sealant or adhesive and corrosion resistant countersunk or
wafer head screws.
Certificate Required Showers Waterproofing Guarantee
Provide ten years guarantee for materials and quality of work undertaken for
shower waterproofing system. The guarantee shall cover removal of floor and wall
tiles, removal of shower screens and associated shower fittings, repairing and
replacing of waterproofing system, reinstallation of floor and wall tiles, shower
fittings and shower screens and any making good.
Leach mat: prior to laying the floor tiles place a lightweight net material over the
waterproofing membrane to provide an irrigation system. Turn down the net
material into the floor waste outlet to assist underfloor drainage.
Guarantee: Refer to PRELIMINARIES: Materials & Workmanship

15.6 Tiles
Approval SAMPLES
Submit samples of tiles intended to be used for approval

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 171

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

TILING & WET AREA WATERPROOFING

FLOOR TILES REQUIREMENT

Ceramic Floor Tiles
- First Quality to ISO 13006
- Products in compliance to AS/NZS 4586
- Vitrified or porcelain
- Colours as appropriate and directed
- Warpage not exceeding 0.5mm for any tile batch
- Surface Hardness to MOHS Min 6—Test Method EN101
- Water absorption to ISO10545-3/EN99
- Chemical resistance to ISO10545-13/EN16
- Slip resistance to current Australian Standards AS4586
- Slip rating of R10 or Pendulum test score of ‘X’ for Wet areas Common areas
and External areas,
- Slip rating of R9 or a Pendulum test score ‘Z’ for all other areas
- Minimum tile thickness 7.0 mm (+/-1.0mm)
- Tile trims on step and hob exposed edges
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 10 years written warranty
WALL TILES REQUIREMENT
Ceramic Wall tiles
To ISO 13006 - First Quality to ISO 13006
To AS/NZS 4586 - Products in compliance to AS/NZS 4586
- Vitrified or Porcelain
- Tile thickness ≥ Min. 5.5mm (+/- 0.5mm)
- Full glaze over face ceramic tile
- Ceramic Biscuit (Bisque) must be engobed
- Surface Hardness min MOHS Min 3 – Test Method EN101
- Extruded PVC or Aluminium tile Trim on exposed edges
- Silicon seal to cupboard boundaries
- Wall tiles to extend to floor behind upright stoves
WARRANTY: Provide minimum 10 years written warranty.
SPARE TILES
Provide spare matching tiles of each type and store in works as directed.
ACCESSORIES
Provide round edge tiles at extremities – sills, bath vents and the like to match
surrounding tiles as to composition, colour and finish.
Provide step treads and nosings to stairs, landings, and thresholds, - contrasting
colour for SEPP HSPD.

15.7 Junctions
To AS 3958.1 MOVEMENT JOINTS
Provide, as follows:
- over structural movement joints

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 172

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

TILING & WET AREA WATERPROOFING

- at junctions between different background materials

- to divide large tiled areas into bays, maximum 5m wide
- extend joints through bed to the background.
CAULKED JOINTS
Provide caulked joints, as follows:
- where tiling is specified to be cut around sanitary fixtures
- around fixtures interrupting the tile surface, for example pipes, brackets, bolts,
nibs, and the like
- at junctions with window and door frames, built-in cupboards, and the like
- caulking compound must be non-hardening, mould resistant.
FLOOR FINISH DIVIDERS
- finish junctions with differing floor finishes with a non-corrosive metal dividing
strip suitably fixed to the substrate, with top edge flush with the finished floor
- where changes of floor finish occur at doorways make the junction directly below
the closed door
- threshold tiles to be maintained at same level as finish in the adjoining room
HOBS
- provide tiled hobs in locations and to dimensions indicated
- build up hobs with masonry units.
SHOWER NOSING TILE
- provide to perimeter of shower recess to allow for set down of shower area to
the thickness of the nosing tile
- nosing tile must have tread profile with radiused-free edge in colour to match
floor tiles
DOOR THRESHOLDS
- provide quarry/ceramic tiles to door thresholds to meet fire safety regulations,
sliding door step free access. Finish flush with adjacent finishes

15.8 Fixtures and Fittings

GENERAL
- Number and location as shown on drawings and/or scheduled
- install to manufacturer’s instructions
SHOWER BASE REQUIREMENT
Liveable Housing
- Hob less shower bases—with stainless steel shower grate and trough–
designed to ensure efficient draining
- Drainer Min 75mm wide
- Install with min 2 degree fall
- Slip rating of minimum R10 and pendulum test score of X.(moderate)
General Housing only
- To current Australian Standard, including installation
- Standard Mark/Water Authority certificate of approval and tested to current
Australian Standard
- 900mm x 900mm x 70mm high hob

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 173

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

TILING & WET AREA WATERPROOFING

- Pressed metal (vitreous Solvent-borne finish) OR moulded plastic (nonslip

finish)
- Installed to manufacturers written specification
- Indelibly marked with manufacturers name/trademark
WARRANTY
Provide minimum 10 year written warranty for Latex (Waterborne) & 30 years
written warranty for pressed metal.

15.9 Schedule of Internal Tiling Finishes

Provide tiling. Refer to drawings and schedules for tiles selection and location.
In the event that tiles selection is not included in the Contract refer to Principal’s
Authorised Person.

Element/Location Requirement
Ceramic tiles, fully vitrified, slip resistant
FLOOR 150mm high skirting to match floor tiles
Internal Dwelling Tiles with nosing on internal stairs
entries, corridors, For Climatic Zones 7 and 8 Carpet on underlay except
circulation spaces, stairs for dwelling entry areas and kitchens where provide
and storage , ceramic tiles, fully vitrified, R9 slip resistant.
Living Room Slip resistance rating: Minimum R10/ P3 (Dry) or R11/
Kitchen & Dining Room P4 (Wet)

FLOOR Ceramic tiles, fully vitrified unglazed, non-slip.

Bathroom Provide setdowns and falls to floor wastes and grated
Bathroom / Laundry drains
Separate Laundry Slip resistance rating: Minimum R10/ P3 (Dry) or R11/
P4 (Wet)
Separate WC

FLOOR Ceramic tiles, fully vitrified unglazed, non-slip,

COMMON ROOM 150mm high skirting to match floor tiles
Entry Slip resistance rating: Minimum R10/ P3 (Dry) or R11/
Main room P4 (Wet)
Kitchenette
Storage Cupboard
WC

FLOOR Ceramic/ quarry tiles (non-slip)

COMMON AREAS Including 100mm min. high skirting
Entry foyer Provide step tread edging profile tiles to stair treads
Common entry lobby Slip resistance rating: Minimum R10/ P3 (Dry) or R11/
Common stairs P4 (Wet)

FLOOR (External) Ceramic/ quarry tiles (non-slip)

Entry porches Provide falls to floor wastes
Balconies Slip resistance rating: Minimum R10/ P3 (Dry) or R11/
Verandas P4 (Wet)
Thresholds (if required)

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 174

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

TILING & WET AREA WATERPROOFING

WALLS Full height ceramic tiles to walls:

Bathroom
Bathroom / Laundry

WALLS 150mm min. single tile height skirting

Separate Laundry Ceramic tiles min 300mm above laundry tub including
Separate WC returns at corner locations

WALLS ceramic tile splashback from benchtop to underside of

Kitchen & Kitchenette overhead cupboards or shelves
Splashbacks Tile wall behind stove

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 175

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

RESILIENT FINISHES AND CARPETS

16: Resilient Finishes and Carpets

16.1 General
All floor covering must be firm and even, and feature a level transition between
abutting surfaces (Maximum vertical tolerance of 3mm between abutting surfaces
is allowable provide the lip is rounded or bevelled).
EXTENT
Refer to drawings
Provide carpet to bedroom floors and other areas where shown on drawings.
Approval SAMPLES
Submit samples of the floor coverings for approval.

16.2 Inspections
Inspection Required Give 48 hours’ notice so that the following may be inspected:
- background immediately before fixing sheets or tiles and laying of carpets
- completion of laying of underlay if any
- completed installation.

16.3 Quality and Work Practices

TESTING
Provide independently certified test data to demonstrate compliance with the
Specification.
Slip resistance: To AS/NZS 4586.
Fire hazard properties:
Critical radiant flux: To AS ISO 9239.1
Smoke development rate: To AS ISO 9239.1.
Fire resistance: To BCA Spec C1.10 Clause 3 and AS ISO 9239.1.
VOC limits: < 0.5 mg/m2/h, when tested to ISO 10580.
Carpet:
Wear classification: To AS 2001.
Abrasion: To AS 2001.
Colourfastness: Minimum grade of 5 when tested to AS 2001.4.

To AS 1884 VINYL FLOOR COVERING

- Obtain approval of trial set-out before fixing
Approval - Sheet set-out: Set out sheets to give the minimum number of joints. Position
joints away from areas of high stress. Run sheet joints parallel with the long
sides of floor areas, vertically on non-horizontal surfaces.
- Tile set-out: Set out tiles from centre of room. If possible cut tiles at margins
only, to give a cut dimension of at least 100mm x full tile width. Match edges
and align patterns. Arrange the cut tiles so that any variation in appearance is
minimised.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 176

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

RESILIENT FINISHES AND CARPETS

- Form tight neat joints showing no visual open seam

- Finish flush with adjoining surfaces
- Run sheet joints parallel with the long sides of floor areas
- Set out to give the minimum number of joints
- Roll in both directions with a 75kg roller, 30 minutes after tile laying.
Joints
Non-welded: Butt edges together to form tight neat joints showing no visible open
seam.
Cold welding: Apply seaming compound 100 mm wide to the substrate centrally
under the seam. Roll the seam until the compound is forced up into the joint. Clean
off flush using a damp cloth.
Epoxy jointing to slip resistant vinyl sheet: Join seams with epoxy adhesive.
Junctions
General: Scribe neatly up to returns, edges, fixtures and fittings. Finish flush with
adjoining surfaces.
Protection
General: Keep traffic off floors until bonding has set or for 24 hours after laying,
whichever period is the longer. Do not allow water in contact with the finish for 7
days.
Reinstatement: repair or replace any faulty or damaged work. Where work
cannot be repaired satisfactorily, replace the whole area affected.
Cleaning and polishing: after curing period recommended by adhesive
manufacturer and not less than 48 hours after laying:
- thoroughly clean floors with tile cleaner and then
- apply one (1) coat of vinyl seal in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions
- polish using two (2) coats of approved vinyl polish, machine finishing to an
approved dense polish
CARPET
To AS/NZS 2455.1 INSTALLATION
To AS 4288 Setting out:
General: Lay the carpet in continuous lengths without cross joins in the body of the
area. Where unavoidable cross joins at doorways, create the joins directly below
the closed doors
Joints in underlay: Make sure joints in underlay do not coincide with carpet joints.
Do not carry underlay over carpet grippers or edge strips.
Seaming methods:
Woven carpet: Machine or hand sew.
Tufted carpet: Seam with hot-melt adhesive tapes.
Fixing:
To AS/NZS 2455.1 Gripper strip: Provide preformed gripper strip and 177ackles edge strip. Space
fixings at 150 mm maximum centres.
Immediately after laying, and again one hour later, roll the carpet from the centre
diagonally towards each edge using a 65 kg multi-wheeled roller. Do not roll foam-
backed carpet.
Permanent stick method. As shown on the drawings. Use water based adhesive

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 177

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

RESILIENT FINISHES AND CARPETS

To AS 4288 SOFT CARPET UNDERLAY

- Make sure joints in underlay do not coincide with carpet joints. Do not carry
underlay over carpet grippers or edge strips.
HARD CARPET UNDERLAY
To AS/NZS 1859.4 - Hard underlay to be general purpose medium board, wet process fibreboard
(hardboard) manufactured specifically for use as flooring underlay with nominal
thickness of 5.5mm.
Hot-melt adhesives tapes
Commercial grade glass fibre and cotton thermoplastic adhesive coated tape
60mm wide on a 90mm wide metal foil base and backed with silicon-coated
release paper.
Edge strips
Type: Heavy-duty edge strip appropriate to the floor covering type (178ackles or
adhesive fixed), capable where necessary of accommodating different levels of
adjacent floor finishes.
Form: Metal moulding or extrusion, with vinyl inserts.
Location: At exposed edges of the carpet, and at junctions with differing floor
finishes or finishes of a different thickness. Where edge strips occur at doorways,
locate the junctions directly below the closed door.
Cleaning and protection:
- Progressively clean the work and when the installation is complete, clean as
necessary to remove extraneous matter, marks, soiling and the like and to lift the
pile where appropriate
- Leave selected off cuts of carpet for each unit as directed by Principal’s
Authorised Person
SUBSTRATE
Remove loose materials and projections and fill any depressions so as not to
affect adhesion or produce undulations in the finished surface.
Prepare the substrate including the following:
- Stripping and cleaning: Remove deleterious and loose material from concrete
surfaces, including existing floor coverings and mechanically remove any surface
treatment which could adversely affect adhesion.
- Cleaning timber surfaces: Remove oil, grease and traces of applied finishes.
- Repairs: Make good to the concrete surface finish as necessary. Fill depressions
with a suitable filler, and remove high spots and projections. If necessary, lay a
steel-trowelled underlay to concrete substrate.
- Timber substrate repair/ rectification: Remove projections. If conformance to
a flatness tolerance of 6mm in 3000mm, determined using a 3000mm
straightedge placed anywhere in any direction cannot be achieved, fix a
hardboard underlay in brick pattern with joints avoiding substrate joints.
- Fixtures and fittings: Remove door stops and other fixtures, and refix in position
undamaged on completion of the installation.
- Basic sanding: Provide an even plane sanded surface on strip flooring to be
covered. Lightly sand the junctions of sheet flooring

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 178

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

RESILIENT FINISHES AND CARPETS

Moisture content:
General: Do not commence installation of flooring unless:
- Concrete substrate: The moisture content of the concrete has been tested to
AS/NZS 2455.1 Appendix B and values in Appendix B have been obtained.
- Plywood and timber: The moisture content of the substrate has been tested to
AS/NZS 1080.1 for timber and particleboard or AS/NZS 2098.1 for plywood and
values obtained are as follows:
* Air-conditioned buildings: 8 to 10%.
* Intermittently heated buildings: 10 to 12.5%.
* Unheated buildings: 12 to 15%.

16.4 Materials
To AS/NZS 1859.4.
VINYL TILES AND SHEET
To AS 1884
Vinyl underlay (hardboard and fibre cement):
Wet processed fibreboard (hardboard) underlay
Classification: General purpose medium board, manufactured specifically as
flooring underlay
Thickness: 5.5 mm
ADHESIVES
Vinyl adhesives:
Carpet adhesives:
As recommended by the carpet and accessory manufacturers, compatible with the
floor covering material, and suitable for bonding it to the subfloor.
RESILIENT FINISHES AND TILES REQUIREMENT
Note: These provisions apply only to upgrading projects.
- Manufacture, Installation and Maintenance to current Australian Standards
- Use water based adhesives
- All sheet, flooring seams shall be welded (either chemical or thermal) to
manufacturers specification
- Initial care of all installed materials shall be carried out to manufacturers
specification
- Floor-coverings shall conform to the physical characteristics of approved
samples and shall be within the limits of any sample range or variation in colour
and pattern
- Products containing recycled materials are preferred

Class 1 dwellings – Vinyl Composition tiles (EN654) (Kitchens, Dining

Rooms and Hallways etc.)
- (Concrete floors laid on suitable levelling compound; Timber floors laid on
Hardboard, FC sheet underlay or other approved underlay)
- Thickness: 3mm (EN428)
- Wear Resistance: <10mm³ (EN660)
- Min. 3db sound reduction
- R9 slip resistance
- Fire rating ISO9239.1 >11kW/m²

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 179

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

RESILIENT FINISHES AND CARPETS

Class 1 dwellings – Homogenous Sheet (EN649 Kitchens, Dining Areas and

Hallways etc.)
- Thickness: Min. 2mm – Max. 3mm sheet vinyl (concrete floors laid on suitable
levelling compound, timber floors laid on hardboard, FC sheet underlay or other
approved underlay)
- Polyurethane reinforced
- Wear Resistance: Group P (EN660-2)
- R9 Slip Resistance
- Min. 3db sound reduction
- Fire rating ISO9239.1 >9kW/ m²

Class 2 and 3 dwellings – Cushioned Backed Heterogenous sheet (EN651)

- Thickness: Min. 3mm sheet vinyl (concrete floors laid on suitable levelling
compound, timber floors laid on hardboard, MDF or FC sheet underlay)
- Polyurethane reinforced
- R10 slip resistance
- Wear Resistance: Group T (EN660-1)
- Min. 14db sound reduction
- Easy Clean top layer
- Fire rating ISO9239.1 >8kW/m²

Area (Floors) – use only if approved by the Principal

- Homogenous slip retardant vinyl sheet (EN649)
- Thickness: Min. 2mm sheet vinyl (EN428)
- Wear Resistance: Group M (EN660-2)
- Fire Rating: (ISO9239.1 > 9kW/m²)
- Slip resistance: AS4586 (B Wet/Barefoot and R10 Oil/wet ramp)
- Integral 150mm high coved skirting in all wet areas, Cove skirting to be installed
with capping strip to prevent water penetration
- 32mm ø cove fillet to be used where vinyl is coved
- Products containing abrasive material in order to comply will not be considered
- Gatic floor drain assembly to be used in all wet areas

Wet Area (Walls) – use only if approved by the Principal

- Homogenous Vinyl sheet (EN649)
- Thickness: Min. 1.25mm (EN428)
- Polyurethane reinforced
- Wear Resistance: Group M (EN660-2)
- Fire Rating (AS3837) Group 2

WARRANTY: Provide minimum 7 years written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 180

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

RESILIENT FINISHES AND CARPETS

To AS/NZS 2455.1 CARPET REQUIREMENT

To AS 4288 Fire Rating to BCA (for all Building Class Types)

Treated with anti-bacterial and anti-microbial

For Common Areas (class 2 dwellings), SEPP HSPD Housing, Modified

Dwellings & class 3 dwellings:
- 100% wool carpet or wool blend (min 80% wool)
- Loop pile tufted carpet
- Level pile surface or with slight modulation
- 31.5 tufts/10cm (1/8) gauge
- 1356 g/m2 (40oz/yd2) total pile mass
- 6mm maximum pile height
- “Actionbac” or Jute backing
- ACCS (Australian Carpet Classification Scheme) rating for Residential Extra
Heavy Duty including stairs
- Colour as approved by the Principal
- Carpet range and quality as approved by Principal
- A.C.C.S. Registration number to appear on back at regular intervals

For Class 1 and 2 Dwellings

- 100% bulked continuous filament (bcf), solution dyed nylon or nylon/wool blend
(min 50% nylon)
- Loop pile tufted carpet
- Level pile surface or with slight modulation
- 31.5 tufts/10cm (1/8) gauge
- Min 678 g/m2 (20oz/yd2) total pile mass
- 5mm maximum pile height
- “Actionbac” or Jute backing
- A.C.C.S. rating for Residential Extra Heavy Duty (Stairs)
- A.C.C.S. Registration number to appear on back at regular intervals
- Colour as approved by Principal
- Carpet range and quality as approved by Principal

WARRANTY: Provide minimum 10 years written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 181

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

RESILIENT FINISHES AND CARPETS

To AS 4288 UNDERLAY REQUIREMENT

To ISO 9239.1 Underlay

- Meets current BCA and ISO 9239.1
- Recyclable and or made from recycled material
- Min grading “Residential” as per AS 4288
- Underlays to be marked at regular intervals with manufacturer’s name/brand and
AS 4288 compliance

Class 1 and 2 dwellings – Synthetic foam

- Re-bonded polyurethane foam with stabilising laminate on top surface (or similar
product)
- 7 mm min thickness
- 120 kg/m3 minimum foam density or rebounded polyurethane foam

Class 1 and 2 dwellings – Vulcanised rubber

- Fire rated to BCA (treated with anti-bacterial and flame retardant)
- Heavy duty vulcanised rubber, waffle pattern
- Reinforcing fabric: either hessian, spun nylon, or polyester
- Min sheet thickness: 7.5mm (+0.5)
- 2.1kg/m2 minimum product mass

Common Areas (class 2 dwellings), SEPP HSPD Housing, & class 3

dwellings - Synthetic foam
- Fire rated to BCA (treated with anti-bacterial and flame retardant)
- Re-bonded polyurethane foam with stabilising laminate on top surface (or similar
product)
- Recyclable and/or made from recycled materials
- 7 mm min thickness
- 120kg/m3 minimum foam density or rebounded polyurethane foam

Common Areas (class 2 dwellings), SEPP HSPD Housing, & class 3

dwellings – Vulcanised rubber
- Fire rated to BCA (treated with anti-bacterial and flame retardant)
- Heavy duty vulcanised rubber, waffle pattern
- Reinforcing fabric: either hessian, spun nylon, or polyester
- Min sheet thickness: 8mm (+0.5)
- 3kg/m2 minimum product mass

WARRANTY: Provide minimum 10 years written warranty

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 182

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

GLAZING

17: Glazing
17.1 General
To AS 4055 TERRAIN CATEGORY refer to preliminaries 5.12 Terrain Category

17.2 Quality and Work Practices

To AS 1288 GENERAL
- Perform the required cutting, obscuring, silvering, and the like processes on
glass.
- Form necessary holes for fixings, equipment, and the like.
- Grind and arris exposed glass edges
- Free from defects that detract from appearance or interfere with performance
under normal conditions of use
- Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass: To AS/NZS 4667
Installation: Use methods such that:
- each piece of glass is held firmly in place by permanent means which enable it
to withstand the normal loadings and ambient conditions applicable to its location
without damage to or failure of glass and glazing materials
- building movements are not transferred to the glass
- external glazing is watertight or prevents the entry of rainwater into building
- external glazing is airtight within specified limits
ALUMINIUM WORK
- shop glaze all aluminium frames
- set glazing in approved plastic glazing channel and secure with aluminium or
PVC beads
- support glass on approved neoprene setting blocks in frames and sashes

17.3 Materials
CLEAR GLASS
Clear float glass
OBSCURED GLASS
Either “Spotswood” or “Pinhead” or as shown on drawings. Use the one pattern
consistently throughout works
To AS/NZS 2208 SAFETY GLASS
Provide permanently branded, of the following grades:
- clear toughened safety glass grade ‘A’, or
- clear laminated safety glass grade ‘B’

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 183

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

GLAZING

MIRRORS
Silvering quality clear float glass, silvered, and electrolytic copper-coated not less
than 5 micrometers thick, with back and edges sealed with two (2) coats of mirror-
backing paint with a total dry film thickness of not less than 50 micrometers.
Safety mirror
Type: Vinyl backed Grade A safety mirror.
Safety compliance: To AS/NZS 2208.
Solid backed annealed glass mirrors
Backing: Nominal 9mm waterproof plywood.
Adhesive fixing to backing: Non-acidic silicone adhesive at the rate recommended
by the manufacturer.
LOUVRE BLADES
6mm safety glass, having ground and arrised edges.
Glass to current Australian Standards except lower edge of all glass in windows
within 500mm from floor to be only ‘A’ safety grade laminated or toughened glass.
Certificate Required GLASS BALUSTRADES
Glass: Obscure (unless otherwise shown on the drawings) Grade A safety glass to
AS 1288 Section 7
Frame: Proprietary system to BCA 3.9.2.
Structural engineer designed or proprietary certified by a structural engineer
SHOWER SCREENS
Proprietary system comprising frames of extruded aluminium, stainless steel, or
PVC, assembled around safety glass to form fixed panels and sliding, hinged or
pivoted doors. Screen and swing doors to be removable without damaging tiles
and waterproofing
Water shedding
General: Provide an assembly which sheds water to the inside without retaining it
on the frame surfaces. Seal the edge of the frame to adjoining surfaces with a
resilient strip
Sliding assemblies
Hanging: Hang the sliding sash on stainless steel or nylon sheaves on overhead
channel track formed in the frame head, and fit nylon or equivalent bottom guides
Hardware
Handles: Pull handles on both sides of sash, or of leading sash in multiple sash
arrangements
GLASS BLOCKWORK
Provide glass blockwork where shown on the drawings
Fire Rated Glass Blockwork
To AS 1530.4 - Provide samples of blocks, frame, fasteners, reinforcing and sealants
- Blockwork and frame to be installed to manufacturers written instructions
- Submit type-test certificates to AS 1530.4
- Provide manufacturers’ written warranties

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 184

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

GLAZING

GLAZING ACCESSORIES
Provide glazing materials including putty, glazing compounds, sealants, gaskets,
glazing tapes, spacing strips, spacing tapes, spacers, setting blocks, compression
wedges, and the like
Materials to be appropriate for the conditions of application and the required
performance, and complying with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the
glass or glazing system

17.4 Glass Types Location

Generally
Comply with BASIX or BCA Vol 1 Section J requirements
Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, provide:
Clear Glass - to all windows and door assemblies
Obscured Glass - to bathroom and WC windows
Grade 'A' Safety Glass - all mirrors

17.5 Fixtures and Fittings

GENERAL
- Item, number and location as shown on drawings and/or scheduled
- Install to manufacturer’s instructions
MIRRORED CABINET
- 1 per bathroom above vanity
MIRROR OVER BASINS
- To separate toilets, provide mirror over basin
- Nom 450mm high x 300mm wide.
- White powdercoated aluminium frame

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 185

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PAINTING

18: Painting
18.1 General
EXTENT
- colour schemes
- prepare surfaces and finish as specified in SCHEDULES: Schedule of Painting
Paint system: a paint or clear finish system referred to only by its final coat
comprises the appropriate stains, primers, sealers and undercoats recommended
by the manufacturer of the selected final coat as suitable for the substrate and the
final coat

18.2 Inspections
Inspection Required Give 48 hours’ notice at the following stages:
- when all surfaces have been cleaned and prepared for painting
- before proceeding with the application of any undercoat or subsequent coat
- before external primed work is undercoated

18.3 Quality and Work Practices

To AS/NZS 2311 GENERAL
Protection of Workmanship to current Australian Standards
steelwork: To Apply paint to manufacturer’s instructions
AS/NZS 2312
Sections 4. Apply the first coat immediately after substrate preparation and before
contamination of the substrate can occur. Apply subsequent coats after the
manufacturer’s recommended drying period has elapsed
Make sure each coat of paint or clear finish is uniform in colour, gloss, thickness
and texture, and free of runs, sags, blisters, or other discontinuities
DELIVERY AND HANDLING
Deliver to the site paints, primers, undercoats in sealed containers branded with the
manufacturer’s name, type of content and APAS approval number
Handle and store paint prior to application in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations
Handle paint carefully to avoid contamination
LEAD BASED PAINT MANAGEMENT
To AS 4361.2 Refer to PRELIMINARIES P6: Environmental Protection
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) LIMITS
To ISO 11890-1 Use paints that have low VOC content. VOC limits for low odour/ low environmental
impact paint types must meet the following:
- Primers and undercoats: < 65 g/litre
- Low gloss white or light coloured latex paints for wall areas: < 16 g/litre
- Coloured low gloss latex paints: < 16 g/litre
- Gloss latex paints for timber doors and trims: < 75 g/litre

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 186

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PAINTING

TESTING
The Principal’s Authorised Person may take samples for testing by a NATA
registered laboratory. Should samples fail to meet test requirements the
Contractor will reimburse the Principal for the testing fees, and completely strip
and re-paint, at no variation, all work considered to have been coated with
defective materials
APAS SPECIFICATION NUMBERS
Use paints conforming to the Australian Paint Approval Scheme (APAS)
specification 0215 for low VOC Interior paints. The APAS was formerly known as
the Government Paint Committee
Approval PAINT RECORD
Provide a paint record comprising the brand of paint to be used internally and
externally and the name and address of the painting Sub-Contractor, and return to
Principal’s Authorised Person for approval before starting to paint.
On completion provide a PDF file copy of paint systems, paint brands and colours
used on the project to the Principal’s Authorised Person
SEQUENCE OF WORK
Before commencing painting, complete the work of other trades to as much extent
as possible within the area to be painted, except for the installation of fixtures/
fittings, furniture, floor sanding and laying of final floor finish
Complete clear timber finishes prior to applying opaque paint finishes in the same
location
PROTECTION
- Use dust sheets and drop sheets and masking to protect finished work, surfaces
or fixtures. Remove over spray, paint spots and splashes immediately and
restore any surfaces damaged
- Mask adjacent surfaces
- Remove door furniture, switches, GPO plates, fittings, and the like, before
painting and replace on completion
To AS/NZS 2311 METHOD OF APPLICATION
- By licensed applicators only
- Do not use paint rollers for priming or finishing coats on steelwork, gutters or
timber mouldings
- Apply the first coat immediately after completion of the substrate preparation
before contamination can occur. Apply succeeding coats after previous coat/s
have fully dried in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations
LIGHTING LEVEL
Apply paint at lighting levels of ≥ 400 lux.
COMBINATIONS
Use only materials compatible with the finishing coat specified, with each other,
and in any one system from the same manufacturer:
- each coating is to be a noticeably different tint from the preceding coat
Do not combine paint products from different manufacturers in a system
For clear timber finish systems, use only the combinations of putty, stain and
sealer recommended by the paint manufacturer of the top coats
SANDING
Where recommended by the manufacturer, sand between coats from top to bottom
and dust down before recoating

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 187

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PAINTING

PRIMING BEFORE FIXING

General: Apply one coat of wood primer (2 coats to end grain) to the back of the
following before fixing in position:
- External fascia boards.
- Timber door and window frames.
- Bottoms of external doors.
- Associated trims and glazing beads.
- Timber board cladding.
REPAIR OF GALVANIZING
General: For galvanized surfaces which have been subsequently welded, or which
have been welded, prime the affected area.
Primer: Organic zinc rich coating for the protection of steel to AS/NZS 3750.9 Type
2
SERVICES
General: If not embedded, paint new services and equipment, except chromium,
anodised aluminium, GRP, UPVC, stainless steel, non-metallic flexible materials
and normally lubricated machined surfaces. Repaint proprietary items only if
damaged
WARNING SIGN
Place wet paint warning sign in a conspicuous location and keep in place at all times
until the paint has fully dried

18.4 Materials
PAINTS, UNDERCOATS, PRIMERS
- Generally, paint systems are identified by its final coat.
- If the product is offered in several levels of quality, provide premium quality
products
- Colours to approved samples to current Australian Standards
- Paints, primers, undercoats conforming to appropriate APAS (Australian Paint
Approval Scheme)
- Paint Specification number as per APAS Paint Specification
- Provide paint systems that comply with the following:
Interior
- Flat latex: AS 3730.1
- Floor varnish – moisture cured: AS 3730.27.
- Floor varnish – two pack isocyanate cured: AS 3730.27.
- Low gloss latex: AS 3730.3.
- Semi-gloss latex: AS 3730.2.
- Gloss latex: AS 3730.12.

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 188

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PAINTING

Exterior
- Full gloss solvent-borne: AS 3730.6.
- Flat latex: AS 3730.7.
- Low gloss latex: AS 3730.8.
- Gloss latex: AS 3730.10.
- Stain, lightly pigmented: AS 3730.28.
- Latex stain, opaque: AS 3730.16.
- Semi-gloss latex: AS 3730.9.
Paving
- Paving paint, semi-gloss: AS 3730.29.
- Paving paint, gloss: AS 3730.29.
Exterior paint
- 100% premium Acrylic (waterborne or Solvent borne) paint
- Low surface emitting product complying with APAS for low VOC
Anti-Graffiti Treatments
- Registered with APAS—cope with Xylene based and solvent based graffiti
- Fire rating to AS 1530.3
- Tests to ASTM D968-51
Interior paint
- 100% premium acrylic (waterborne) paint or alkyd base solvent borne or
polyurethane paint
- Comply to APAS specification 0215 for low VOC Interior paints
- Tinted and untinted undercoats, enamels and topcoats to achieve low surface
emitting product complying with APAS for VOC emissions
Tinting: pigments, tints and stains as recommended by the paint manufacturer.

WARRANTY: Provide minimum 10 years written warranty

THINNERS
Type and quantity recommended by the paint manufacturer
PUTTY
Use a polymeric-based putty, stained to match the colour of the substrate for clear
finishes
To AS 1530.4 INTUMESCENT PAINT
- Fire rated to achieve a FRL of 60/60/60 when applied to plasterboards and/or
pressed metal ceilings in accordance with AS 1530.4
- Fire rated to achieve a FRL of 70/60/60 when applied to sheetrock and lath and
plaster in both wall and ceiling assemblies in accordance with AS 1530.4
- Fire rates to achieve a 1 hour fire endurance test in wall and or ceiling assemblies
constructed of gypsum, fibreglass, aluminium, particle board, fibrous cement,
pressed metal, plywood panels and timber in accordance with AS1530.4
- Intumescent paint to begin to expand at a temperature not exceeding 190ºC
- Independent test results to be provided that indicates drying time of a single coat
of intumescent paint not less than 450 microns (without mechanical aids) does
not exceed 4 hours in any season assuming weather conditions are appropriate
to apply to the product

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 189

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PAINTING

- Independent test detailing shall be provided that the product is nontoxic

- Independent test shall be provided that the product can be applied over existing
non fire retardant paint
- The product shall not contain a flashpoint

WARRANTY: Provide minimum 10 years written warranty

To AS/NZS 2311 EQUIPMENT
TOXIC INGREDIENTS
Do not use Schedule 1 paint of the Uniform Paint Standard in specified human
contact areas, published by the National Health and Medical Research Council
(NHMRC)
To AS/NZS 2312 18.5 Surface Preparation Types
GENERAL
Read the following surface preparation types with SCHEDULES: ‘Schedule of
Painting’
To AS/NZS 2311 UNPAINTED SURFACES
Prepare unpainted surfaces in accordance with AS/NZS 2311
TIMBER (TYPE A)
- Scrape off any resin or gum exudations and treat these areas with mineral
turpentine or white spirit
- Remove all traces of dirt, grease, oil and grime with solvents and sandpaper
smooth. Remove all excessive roughness, loose edges splinters and slivers with
glass paper
- Seal off all resinous veins and knots as follows:
* Internal Acrylic Painted: use shellac
* External Painted: use a high grade alkyd based enamel
GALVANISED STEEL AND ZINCALUME SURFACES (TYPE C)
- Solvent wash surfaces with mineral turps or other approved solvent and dry with
a clean cloth to remove all traces of residual solvent
- Remove all loose oxide film by dry scuffing with fine abrasive paper
- Apply one coat of latex primer and finish as scheduled
FERROUS (BARE) METAL SURFACES (TYPE D)
- Water wash and then solvent wash surfaces as for galvanised steel. Remove all
loose rust, mill scale and the like by scraping or wire brushing. Dust off, and
supply immediately an approved rust inhibitor. Time lag between rust inhibitor
and primer must be as recommended by the rust inhibitor manufacturer
PREVIOUSLY PAINTED SURFACES
Substrate in good condition: Prepare in accordance with AS/NZS 2311
Substrate in poor condition: Prepare in accordance with AS/NZS 2311
Steel substrates with protective coatings: Prepare in accordance with AS/NZS
2312.1 and AS 1627.1

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 190

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

PAINTING

18.6 Schedule of Painting

Refer to drawings for finishes and colour schedules.
SURFACE OR SUBSTRATE SURF SYSTEM 1ST COAT 2ND COAT 3RD (and 4TH )
PREP. COAT
TYPE
1. TIMBER - PAINT
FINISH
INTERNAL A System 1 Undercoat – Solvent-borne: Solvent-borne: Full
solvent-borne Full Gloss Gloss
EXTERNAL A System 1 Wood primer – Solvent–borne: Solvent–borne:
solvent-borne Full Gloss Full Gloss
A System 2 Wood primer – Latex paint: Latex paint: Gloss
latex or solvent- Gloss
borne
2. TIMBER - STAIN FINISH A System 1 Semi-transparent Semi- Semi-transparent
or opaque transparent or or opaque stain –
stain – solvent- opaque stain – solvent-borne
borne solvent-borne
A System 2 Semi-transparent Semi-
exterior latex stain transparent
exterior latex
stain
3. EXTERNAL - FIBROUS B System 1 Latex sealer Latex paint: Latex paint: Semi -
CEMENT SHEETING, Semi -gloss gloss
CONCRETE MASONRY, OFF
FORM CONCRETE,
PLASTER, CEMMENT
RENDER, EXTERNAL
BRICKWORK (PAINTED)
4. EXTERNAL – HARDBOARD B System 1 Wood primer, latex Latex paint: Latex paint: Gloss
CLADDING or solvent-borne Gloss
B System 2 Wood primer – Solvent-borne Solvent-borne
solvent-borne paint: Full gloss paint: Full gloss
5. INTERNAL WALLS,
CORNICES, CEILING
PLASTERBOARD, CEMENT B System 1 Latex sealer Latex paint: Latex paint: Semi-
RENDERED WALLS, FIBROUS Semi-gloss gloss
CEMENT SHEETING
SET PLASTER CEILINGS B System 1 Solvent-borne Latex paint: Latex paint: Semi-
sealer Semi-gloss gloss
6. IRON AND STEEL
INTERNAL C System 1 Solvent-borne Solvent-borne Solvent-borne
metal primer paint: Full gloss paint: Full gloss
EXTERNAL (EXTENDED D System 1 Zinc-rich metal Zinc-rich metal 2 coats of solvent-
CORROSIVE RESISTANCE) primer primer borne paint: Full
gloss
EXTERNAL D System 1 Metal primer Metal primer 2 coats of latex
paint - gloss
7. GALVANISED IRON OR
ZINCALUME
INTERNAL C System 1 Galvanised iron Latex paint: Latex paint: Gloss
metal primer, Gloss
Latex
EXTERNAL C System 1 Galvanised iron Latex paint: Latex paint: Gloss
metal primer, Gloss
Latex
C System 2 Galvanised iron Solvent-borne Solvent-borne
metal primer, paint: Full gloss paint: Full gloss
Solvent-borne
NOTE: For detailed provisions refer to AS/NZS 2311: Guide to the painting of buildings

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 191

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

FENCING

19: Fencing
19.1 General
Approval APPROVALS
Do not erect boundary fencing without earlier written approval of the Principal’s
Authorised Person:
- If fencing is erected on adjoining owners’ boundaries without their approval the
Contractor may be liable for half the total cost of fencing erected, by way of
deduction from the contract sum
- Conform to levels as determined by the local Council and / or as indicated by the
Principal’s Authorised Person
EXTENT
- Refer to drawings
- To demarcate and secure the property boundaries enclose the rear and side
boundary of the property. Provide cut off fencing to enclose the side boundary from
the front. Fences and gates must be suitable to maintain privacy, be a safe area
for children, and confine domestic animals, and
- To act as a lockable, secure and functional ingress and egress between the front
and rear yard and to enclose front and rear private open areas
- Provide pedestrian and vehicular gates where shown and as detailed

19.2 Quality and Work Practices

GENERAL
Erect posts vertically to follow the contours of natural ground
SAMPLES
- Provide minimum 1000mm length x full height of each type of fencing in specified
material, finish and colour
- One sample of each type of visible fixing
PRESERVING
To AS 1604.1 Coat all timber fencing and gate posts with Type A creosote to 100mm above finished
ground level. Creosote is not required where timber has been preservative-
impregnated to Hazard 4 or 5

19.3 Materials (Timber Fencing)

TIMBER SPECIES AND DURABILITY RATINGS
Refer to SCHEDULES: Schedule of Timber Species and Durability Ratings, for
species and grade of timber
Timber Posts and Rails
Hardwood: To comply with AS 2082
Softwood: To comply with AS 2858

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 192

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

FENCING

Timber Pickets and Palings

Hardwood: To comply with AS 2796.1
- Grade: Select, determined in accordance with AS 2796.2
Softwood: To comply with AS 4785.1
Seasoned cypress pine: To comply with AS 1810
STEEL POSTS
To AS/NZS 4680 Use galvanised steel RHS posts capped off with welded steel plate, for closed paling
and lapped timber fence set in 20MPa concrete footing 250mm diameter x 750mm
deep
Steel tube posts, rails, stays and pickets to comply with AS/NZS 1163
- Grade C350L0
Finish: Hot dip galvanised finish
CONCRETE
Concrete to be a proprietary packaged mix normal class concrete with strength grade
of 20 (N20) in accordance with AS 1379
Nails
Use flathead galvanised or electro-galvanised nails for all fencing work:
- nails to penetrate into post or rail at least 30mm
- to fix palings, use nails of 2.8mm diameter for nails up under 75mm long and 3.6mm
diameter for nails longer than 75mm
- fix palings using two nails per paling at each rail
ACCESSORIES
Hinges: hinges, brackets, etc. - to be galvanised
Latches: refer to DOOR/HARDWARE
PAINTING
Refer to PAINTING.
- Where palings are lapped, paint or stain full width of lapped face of palings before
fixing overlapping palings

19.4 Fence Types

HEIGHTS
Refer to heights shown on drawings. Generally, heights to be:
- Front fencing 900mm to 1200mm
- Cut off fencing 1200 to 1500mm
- Side and rear fencing 1800mm
- Gate to match fence cladding and height where specified

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 193

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

FENCING

DECORATIVE FENCES REQUIREMENT

- Steel or aluminium tubular non climbable panels - flat or looped top finish only. No
spears or protruding rods
- Min 16mm x0.9mm tubes - spacings approx 100mm centres
- Rails Min 39 x 25 x 1.2mm rectangular tubing or Min 25mm round
- Posts Min 50 x 50mm –450mm round Min 1.2mm thick
- Powdercoating to AS 4506
- Safety compliance to AS 1926.1 for gates, hinges and locks
WARRANTY: Provide a minimum 3 year written warranty
METAL FENCES REQUIREMENT
- Steel pre-rolled sheet - Colorbond double sided steel
- Pre-painted steel complying with AS/NZS 2728: Type 3, testing compliance to meet
performance requirements within an exposed environment for humidity, scratch
resistance, impact, adhesion, cracking and corrosion. Made from zinc-aluminium
alloy coated steel complying with AS 1397-2011, G550 (550MPa minimum yield
stress), AZ150 (150g/m 2 minimum coating mass) (fence panels), or zinc alloy
coated steel complying with AS 1397-2011, G500 (500MPa minimum yield stress),
Z275 (275g/m2 minimum coating mass) (posts and rails)
- The fence panel base metal thickness is 0.35mm
- Posts - standard channel posts 84 x 43mm, square corner, junction and single gate
posts 60x60x1.6, double gate posts 65x65x2.5 installed with caps
- Rails 60x53 with base metal thickness of 0.8mm
- Installation to manufacturer’s specification
WARRANTY: Provide a minimum 10 year written warranty
TIMBER FENCES REQUIREMENT
- End post/ gate post/ corner post either hardwood/ treated pine 125x125mm or
galvanised steel 75x75x2.5mm
- Intermediate posts either hardwood 125x50mm or treated pine 125x75mm
- Rails hardwood /treated pine 75x50mm
- Palings hardwood/ treated pine 100x15mm either lap palings by 15mm or close
butted
- All timber measurements ± 2mm
WARRANTY: Provide a minimum 1 year written warranty
PALING FENCES
Item Cypress pine & treated Hardwood Steel
radiata pine

corner posts 125 x 125 75 x 75 x 3.5mm

intermediate Post 125 x 50 50 x 50 x 3.5mm

rails to max. 2.4m 75 x 50mm 75 x 50mm N/A

use 3 rails for
1800mm high
treated pine fence.

palings 100 x 15mm thick 100 x 15mm thick N/A

walings 150 x 25 x 600mm long 150 x 25 x 600mm N/A

long

NSW Department of Planning, Industry and Environment | 194

 Reference Specifications for Housing Construction v2.1

FENCING

Construction:
- Set posts into post holes minimum 300mm diameter x 600mm deep
- Surround corner, end and gate posts (except for bottom face) to ground level with
20mPa concrete and splay off at top around post
- Provide waling pieces to narrow face of intermediate posts and backfill with rammed
soil
- Taper splice rails together and nail in mortices, spaced 200mm from top and bottom
of palings
- For 1800mm high treated pine closed paling fence and for all timber fencing over
1800mm high provide 3 rails (including intermediate rail)
- Chamfer top corners of palings before fixing
- Fix palings closely butted.
Raking panel: Rake terminating panel of paling fences to a height of 1000mm
minimum
Lapped and/or lapped and capped fences: as specified for paling fences and:
- provide 3 rails with the top rail located to receive capping if required
- lap 20mm minimum cover of each side
- capping out of 125 x 38mm minimum
OTH